POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT and WATER TREATMENT Selected Biological References on Fresh and Marine Waters UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Federal Water Pollution Control Administration ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT and WATER TREATMENT Selected Biological References on Fresh and Marine Waters R. Keith Stewart William Marcus Ingram and Kenneth M. Mackenthun Biologists, Technical Advisory and Investigation Activities Technical Services Program Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Federal Water Pollution Control Administration 1966 ------- FOREWORD OUR POPULATION has expanded rapidly during the past five decades and will continue to do so for an indeterminable time during future decades. Associated with this expansion has been an increase in the amount and concentration of wastes, both domestic and industrial, that are injected into waterways as an inevitable product of our affluent society. It has become apparent that the same waterways receiving these wastes must be used to provide water for potable, agricultural, industrial, and recreational purposes. Unlike clean waters that serve mankind in many ways, grossly polluted water can- not be used for multiple purposes. Clean waters are precious assets, denied waters are needless liabilities. This book of selected references dealing with water quality and use has been prepared for persons interested in and responsible for bio- logical aspects of water pollution control, waste treatment, and water treatment. m ------- CONTENTS Preface ix Acknowledgments 126 PART I—WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: FRESH WATERS 1 Water Pollution Control General Reference* 1 Algae and Plankton - 4 Toxic Algae 8 Fungi * Bottom Organism! 10 Insects 12 Fish 12 Flowering Aquatic Plants 14 Nutrients 15 Insecticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic Life 19 Environment Change and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 22 Radioactivity and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 24 Toxicity and Bio-Assay Methods 25 Techniques 30 Samplers - - 32 Criteria for Aquatic Life 33 Industrial Wastes General References 34 Cooling Water 35 Food, Drugs, and Fermentation - - - 36 Metals and Manufacturing - 36 Petroleum 38 Pulp, Paper, and Textiles 39 Organism Identification General References *1 Insects 41 Kth 43 Algae and Flowering Aquatic Plant* 43 Other Organisms 43 ------- Aspects of Water Quality Books 44 Journals 4o PART II— WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: MARINE WATERS 51 Water Pollution Control General Reference* 51 Bacteria 54 Algae and Plankton 56 Toxie Algae 57 Fungi 59 Bottom Organisms 59 Fish and Shellfish 61 Flowering Aquatic Plants 62 Nutrients °2 Recreational Waters 65 Pesticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic life 66 Environment Change and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 67 Radioactivity and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 6° Toxicity and Bio-Assay Methods 72 Techniques - 74 Samplers 76 Criteria for Aquatic Life 77 Industrial Wastes General References - 77 Cooling Water 78 Metals and Manufacturing -- 78 Petroleum 78 Pulp, Paper, and Textiles 7' Organism Identification General References - " Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterates, Echinoderms, and Annelids - 81 Molluscs 82 Arthropods 82 Fishes 83 Algae and Flowering Aquatic Plants 84 Other Organisms 8' Aspects of Water Quality Books ...- 85 Journal* 87 VI ------- PART til — WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ASPECTS 91 Waste Treatment General References 92 Imhoff Tanks 93 Filters 94 Activated Sludge 96 Waste Stabilization Ponds 97 Sewer Pipes 100 Parasites and Sewage Treatment 100 Nuisance Organisms and Their Control 101 Water Treatment General References 103 Control of Aquatic Organisms 106 Taste and Odor Algae 108 Biological Aspects of Impounding Reservoirs 109 Clogging Organisms Ill Clear Well Organisms 112 Pipe and Distribution System Associated Organisms 112 Chlorine and Its Effect Upon Organisms 113 Actinomycetes 114 Recreational Water Treatment General References 114 Algal Control 115 Flowering Aquatic Plant Control - 116 Insect Control - 118 Swimmer's Itch Control — 119 Pesticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic Life 120 PART IV — REPORTING ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL DATA 125 Reporting Biological Data 125 PLATES I. Water Pollution Control Aspects: Fresh Waters XI 11. Water Pollution Control Aspects: Marine Waters 49 III. Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects 89 IV. Reporting Biological Data 123 VII ------- PREFACE THIS BOOK of selected biological references concerning Water Pollu- tion Control, Waste Treatment, and Water Treatment is a direct out- growth of previous compilations conceived in 1950 by the second author, Dr. W. M. Ingram, when he served as the first full time biologist assigned to training activities at the Environmental Health Center of the United States Public Health Service in Cincinnati, Ohio. Since that time he has initiated several publications containing selected references on various aspects of water pollution biology. Now out of print the previous publications were: (1) Handbook of Selected Biological References on Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, and Water Treatment. Public Health Bibliography Series No. 8 (PHS Publication No. 214), pp. 1-66, 1953. (2) Opt. Cite. Public Health Bibliography Series No. 8 (PHS Pub- lication No. 214—Revised 1957), pp. 1-95, 1957. (3) Estuarine and Marine Pollution, Selected Studies on Biological, Bacteriological, and Physical Aspects with Major Emphasis on United States Literature. Public Health Service Technical Report W-61-4, pp. 1-30, 1961. (4) Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, Water Treatment, Selected Biological References. Public Health Bibliography Series No. 8 (PHS Publication No. 1053), pp. 1-142, 1963. Most references in the previous publications have been retained in this book, and selected references subsequent to 1962 through 1965 have been added. The revision and additions herein, and the expan- sion to include the marine aspects with those of fresh water, should be helpful in providing source material under one cover for those engaged in the study of pollution as related to aquatic life. IX ------- In many regions of the United States, history has illustrated that land was defiled by over-timbering, over-grazing, and the unwise use of the plow. For many years, one could move away from such destroyed, "polluted land," and still subsist; when this was not pos- sible, people became land conservationists, realizing that in the land lay survival. The history of land depredation could, in the future, be repeated in the defilement of our waters. The number of streams and natural lakes is static with a minimal number of future impound- ment sites; there is no moving over a ridge to discover a new water- way. All waters must be protected for a variety of uses including the maintenance of a healthy biota. All of us should be water con- servationists, realizing that water is limited and that in its wise use lies a great part of this Nation's strength. Today all water users are becoming more and more interested in the alleviation of pollution. Full realization of population and indus- trial growth has brought many persons into intimate contact with problems relating to water degradation associated with municipal, industrial, or agricultural wastes, or a combination of these. Most people fully appreciate that streams, lakes, and marine waters remain static in number; it is apparent that problems attendant to waste disposal and water treatment are increasing. Thus, the problems of waste disposal and their reasonable solution are the concern of all. Multiple use of water is the current trend. If pollution is abated, water can be satisfactorily used for many and varied interests. With the abatement of pollution, danger from disease is lessened; a better potable water is produced; new industries can be attracted to communities; property values increase; recreation in the form of fishing, hunting, boating, and swimming is more readily available; and current supplies of fishery and shellfishery food products can be sustained. To assure an adequate quality of water for all these pur- poses, water must be used and managed wisely. ------- Aquatic weeds associated with induced eutrophication. Waste outfall Slime growths effected by wastes. Plate 1—Water Pollution Control Aspects: Fresh Waters ------- PART I WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: FRESH WATERS UNLIKE SALINE WATERS, clean fresh-waters are economical sources of water that can be and have been tapped to sustain the domestic, agricultural, industrial, and recreational needs of the nation. Our population has increased from 76,000,000 people in 1900 to 150,000,- 000 in 1950 and to 180,000,000 in 1960. By 1980 it is expected to increase to 260,000,000. Yet, there has been no change in the amount of available water, and no major additions are anticipated. Ready and economical supplies of clean water are no longer adequate for many burgeoning cities, and most are now faced with finding new and expensive water sources just to keep pace with only the domestic demands. Some cities are transected by large rivers, but many are sufficiently fouled with domestic and industrial wastes that their waters cannot be used for any purpose. Such situations can become very widespread throughout the land, and can seriously affect the general welfare of the nation. It is axiomatic then that with an increasing population and a "fixed" amount of fresh water the con- trol and abatement of pollution is one of the most important means of solving water supply problems. Along with making water unfit for many uses pollution of water courses has several biological effects. It can foster undesirable plant and animal growths, generate putrid water and odors, eliminate desir- able aquatic and other wildlife that provide both food and recreation, taint water supplies and fish flesh, discolor water and make it un- sightly, change habitats to favor growth of toxic organisms that deci- mate livestock and pets as well as cause sickness in man, nurture growths that impede flows in watercourses, create conditions suitable for development of human and animal pests, make recreational waters unusable, and enhance the spread of disease to epidemic levels. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL GENERAL REFERENCES BARTSCH, A. F. and W. S. CHURCHILL 1949. Biotic Responses to Stream Pollu- ALLEN, M. B. tion During Artificial Stream Reaera- 1955. General Features of Algae Growth tion. In: Limnological Aspects of in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State Water Supply and Waste Disposal. Water Pollution Control Board, Sac- American Association for the Ad- ramento, California, Publication No. vancement of Science, Washington, 13, pp. 1-47. D. C., pp. 33-48. BARTSCH, A. F. BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM 1948. Biological Aspects of Stream Pol- 1959. Stream Life and the Pollution En- lution. Sewage Works Journal, vol. vironment. Public Works, vol. 90, No. 20, No. 2, pp. 292-302. 7, pp. 104-110. ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WABTB TREATMENT AND WATBH TREATMENT BEAK, T. W. 1959. Biological Survey of the St. Clair River. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No. 5, pp. 107-109. BIGLANE, K. E. and R. A. LAFLEUR 1954. Biological Indices of Pollution Ob- served in Louisiana Streams. Bulletin of the Louisiana Engineering Experi- ment Station, vol. 43, pp. 1-7. BRINLEY, F. J. 1942. Biological Studies, Ohio River Pollution, I. Biological Zones in a Pol- luted Stream. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 14, No. 1, pp. 147-152. BRINLEY, F. J. 1942. Relation of Domestic Sewage to Stream Productivity. Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 173-176. BRINLEY, F. J. 1943. Sewage, Algae and Fish. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 78-83. CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY 1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag- ellata. University of Florida, College of Engineering, Florida Engineering Series No, 3, pp. 1-140. CAMPBELL, M. S. A. 1939. Biological Indicators of Intensity of Stream Pollution. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 123-127. CAWLEY, W. A. 1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance in Streams. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182. CLAASSEN, P. W. 1932. The Biology of Stream Pollution. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 165-172. CORMACK, J. F. and H. R. AMBBRG 1959. The Effect of Biological Treat- ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the Growth of Sphaerotilus natans. Pro- ceedings of the Fourteenth Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue Univer- sity, vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 16-25. DIMICK, R. E. 1953. The Aquatic Biology of Industrial Pollution. Wastes Engineering, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 66-67. 87-88. DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE 1952. Pollution of the Spanish River. Ontario Department of Lands and Forests, Research Report No. 25, pp. 1-106. ELIASSEN, R. 1952. Stream Pollution. Scientific Amer- ican, vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 17-21. GAUFTN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL 1955. Environmental Changes in a Pol- luted Stream. American Midland Na- turalist, vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 77-88. GECKXER, J. R., K. M. MACKENTHUN and W. M. INGRAM 1963. Glossary of Commonly Used Bio- logical and Related Terms in Water and Waste Water Control. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-2, pp. 1-22. GlLCREAS, F. W. 1952-1953. Laboratory Control of Sew- age Treatment, Chapter 12, Stream Analyses, pp. 79-87. Case-Shepperd- Mann Publishing Company, New York. 92 pp. HARRISON, M. E. and H. HEUKELEKIAN 1958. Slime Infestation—Literature Re- view. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1278-1302. HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY 1955. Slime Formation in Polluted Wa- ters. I. Laboratory and Field Study Methods. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 12, pp. 1391- 1398. HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY 1956. Slime Formation in Polluted Wa- ters. II. Factors Affecting Slime Growths. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 78-92. IDE, F. P. 1954. Pollution in Relation to Stream Life. Papers Presented at the First Ontario Industrial Waste Conference, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario, pp. 86-108. INGRAM, W. M. and K. M. MACKENTHUK 1965. Pollution. In: McClane's Standard Fishing Encyclopedia and Interna- tional Angling Guide. Holt, Rinehart and Winslow, New York, pp. 687-693. JONES, J. R. E. 1940. A Study of the Zinc-Polluted ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER River Ystwyth, in North Cardigan- shire, Wales. Annals of Applied Biol- ogy, vol. 27, pp. 368-378. LACKEY, J. B. 1954. How the Biota of Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes Work for Us. Wastes Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592- 595. LACKEY, J. B., W. T. CALAWAY and G. B. MORGAN 1956. Biological Purification of Citrus Wastes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546. LAWRANCE, W. A. 1950. The Addition of Sodium Nitrate to the Androscoggin River. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. C, pp. 820-832. MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM 1965. Pollution and the Life in Water. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S, Public Health Service, Publication No. 999- WP-20, pp. 1-16. MCCOY, J. H. 1963. Salinonellae in Crude Sewage, Sewage Effluent and Sewage-Polluted Natural Waters. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 597-611. MCKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF 1963. Water Quality Criteria. 2nd Edi- tion. The Resources Agency of Cali- fornia. State Water Quality Board, Publication No. 3-A, 1-548. pp. MCLEAN, J. E. (ed.) 1963. Symposium on Streamflow Regu- lation for Quality Control; Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-30, pp. 1-420. NEEL, J. K. 1953. Certain Limnological Features of a Polluted Irrigation Stream. Trans- actions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 119-135. NEWTON, L. 1944. Pollution of the Rivers of West Wales by Lead and Zinc Mine Efflu- ent. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 1-11. ODUM, E. P. 1954. Fundamentals of Ecology: Chap- ter 12; No. 7, Stream Pollution, pp. 330-334. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pp. 1-384. PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM 1955. Suggested Classification of Algae and Protozoa in Sanitary Science. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 10, pp. 1183-1188. PATRICK, R. 1949. A Proposed Biological Measure of Stream Conditions Based on a Survey of the Conestoga Basin, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, vol. 101, pp. 277-341. PATRICK, R. 1950. Biological Measure of Stream Conditions. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 7, pp. 926-938. PATRICK, R. 1953. Aquatic Organisms as an Aid in Solving Waste Disposal. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 2, pp. 210-214: Discussion by A. R. Gaufin and C. M. Tarzwell, pp. 214-217. Dis- cussion by R. Patrick, p. 217. PATRICK, R. 1959. Certain Species Predominate in the Fauna and Flora Which Establish Aquatic Life in a New Stream. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 531-535. PATRICK, R. 1962. A Study of the Numbers and Kinds of Species Found in Rivers in Eastern U. S. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sci- ences, Philadelphia, vol. 113, No. 10, pp. 215-218. PENTELOW, F. T. K. 1956. The Biology of Rivers in Relation to Pollution. Journal of the Institu- tion of Public Health Engineers, vol. 55, pp. 85-101. PURDY, W. C. 1926. The Biology of Polluted Water. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 45-54. RlCKER, W. E. 1946. Industrial and Domestic Wastes in Relation to the Aquatic Life of In- diana Streams. Proceedings of the Second Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, pp. 90-96. 3 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT SCOTT, D. C. 1958. Biological Balance in Streams. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1169-1172. SURBER, E. W. 1953. Some Important Biological Effects Michigan Waters. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 79- 86. SUTTER, R. and E. MOORE 1922. Stream Pollution Studies. State of New York Conservation Commis- sion, Albany, New York, pp. 3-27. TARZWELL, C. M. and A. R. GAUFIN 1953. Some Important Biological Effects of Pollution Often Disregarded in Stream Surveys. Purdue University Engineering Bulletin, Proceedings of the 8th Industrial Waste Conference (May 4-6, 1953), pp. 295-316. TARZWELL, C. M. 1958. Aquatic Biological Investigation as a Method of Evaluating the Self- Purification of a Stream. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper In- dustry, vol. 41, No. 10, pp. 40A-58A. TARZWELL, C. M. (ed.) 1965. Biological Problems in Water Pol- lution — Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En- gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424. VAN HORN, W. M. 1949. A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes in Relation to the Aquatic Environ- ment. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 49-55. VAN HORN, W. M. 1952. Using Biology as a Tool in Stream Pollution Work. Sewage Works, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 71-73. ALGAE AND PLANKTON ALLEN. M. M., G. P. FITZGERALD and G. A. ROHLICH 1964. The Effect of Dilution Media on the B.O.D. of Algae. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1049-1056. AMBERG, H. R., J. F. CORMACK and M. R. RIVERS 1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter- mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite Liquor. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45, No. 8, pp. 770-779. BARTSCH, A. F. 1960. Algae in Relation to Oxidation Processes in Natural Waters. In: Ec- ology of Algae, Pymatuning Special Publication No. 2, University of Pitts- burgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 56-71. BENOIT, R. J. and J. J. CURRY 1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con- necticut. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes,—Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En- gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. W61-3, pp. 18-22. BIRGE, E. A. and C. JUDAY 1922. The Inland Lakes of Wisconsin. The Plankton. I. Its Quantity and Chemical Composition. Wisconsin Geological Natural History Survey, Bulletin 64, Science Series 1, No. 3, pp. 1-222. BLUM, J. L. 1956. The Ecology of River Algae. Botanical Review, vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 291-341. BLUM, J. L. 1960. Algal Populations in Flowing Wa- ters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma- tuning Special Publication No 2, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 11-21. BORCHARDT, J. A. 1958. The Role of Algae in Pollution Abatement. Public Works, vol. 89, No. 12, pp. 109-110. BRINLEY, F. J. 1942. The Effect of Pollution upon the Plankton Population of the White River. Indiana. Indiana Department of Conservation, Investigations of In- diana Lakes and Streams, vol. 2, pp. 137-143. BRINLEY, F. J. 1942. The Effect of the Sewage from Nashville upon the Plankton of the Cumberland River. Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 179-183. ------- WATER POLLUTION CQNTKOI.: FRESH WATER BRINLEY, F. J. and L. J. KATZIN 1942. Distribution of Stream Plankton in the Ohio River System. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 177-182. BROOK, A. J. 1965, Planktonic Algae as Indicators of Lake Types, with Special Reference to the Desmidiaceae. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 403- 411. CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY 1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag- ellata. University of Florida, College of Engineering, Florida Engineering Series No. 3, pp. 1-140. CASTENHOLZ, R. W. 1960. Seasonal Changes in the Attached Algae of Freshwater and Saline Lakes in the Lower Grand Coulee, Washington. Limnology and Oceanog- raphy, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-28. COPELAND, B. J., K. W. MiNTER and T. C. DORRIS 1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or- ganic Matter in Oil Refinery Efflu- ent Holding Ponds. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 500- 506. DAMANN, K. E. 1960. Plankton Studies of Lake Michi- gan. II. Thirty-Three Years of Con- tinuous Plankton and Coliform Bacterial Data Collected from Lake Michigan at Chicago, Illinois. Trans- actions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 79, No. 4, pp. 397-404. DAVIDSON, F. F. 1961. Antibacterial Activity of Oscilla- toria, formosa Bory Extract. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 11, pp. 417-420. DAVIS, C. C. 1955. Stream Pollution. Plankton and Industrial Pollution in Cleveland Har- bor. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 7, pp. 835-850. DAVIS, C. C. 1962. The Plankton of the Cleveland Harbor Area of Lake Erie in 1956- 1957. Ecological Monographs, vol. 32, No. 3, pp. 209-247. DAVIS, C. C. 1964. Evidence for the Eutrophication of Lake Erie from Phytoplankton Records. Limnology and Oceanogra- phy, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 275-283. DEAN, J. M. 1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia, vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434-440. EDMONDS, W. R. 1963. United States-Canada Boundary Water Pollution Studies. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federa- tion, voL 35. No. 10, pp. 1339-1344. FOGG, C. E. 1953. The Metabolism of Algae. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 149 pp. GERLOFF, G. C., G. P. FITZGERALD and F. SKOOG 1950. The Isolation, Purification and Culture of Blue-Green Algae. Ameri- can Journal of Botany, vol. 37, No. 3. pp. 216-218, GOERING, J, J. and J. C. NEESS 1964. Nitrogen Fixation in Two Wiscon- sin Lakes. Limnology and Oceanog- raphy, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 530-539. GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER 1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car- bon-14 Bio-assay of Factors Affecting the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake Tahoe, California. Journal of the Wa- ter Pollution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059. GREENBERG, A. E. 1964. Plankton of the Sacramento River. Ecology, vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 40-49. HARTMAN, R. T. 1960. Algae and Metabolites of Natural Waters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma- tuning Special Publication No. 2, Uni- versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 38-55. HOHN, M. 1961. Determining the Pattern of the Diatom Flora. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 48-53. HOHN, M. 1961. The Relationship Between Species Diversity and Population Density in Diatom Populations from Silver Springs, Florida. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 80, No. 2, pp. 140-165. ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT KRAUSS, R. W. 1956. Photosynthesis in the Algae. In- dustrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 48, No. 9, pp. 1449-1455. KRAUSS, R. W. 1960. Fundamental Characteristics of Algal Physiology. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes. Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47. LACKEY, J. B. 1938. A Study of Some Ecological Fac- tors Affecting the Distribution of Pro- tozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 501-527. LACKEY, J. B. and R. S. SMITH 1940. Limitation of Euglenidae as Pol- luted Water Indicators. Public Health Reports, vol. 55, No. 7, pp. 268-280. LACKEY, J. B. 1941. Two Groups of Flagellated Algae Serving as Indicators of Clean Water. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 1099-1110. LACKEY, J. B. 1941. The Significance of Plankton in Relation to the Sanitary Condition of Streams. In: Symposium on Hydro- biology. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 311- 328. LACKEY, J. B., E. WATTIE, et al. 1943. Some Plankton Relationships in a Small Unpolluted Stream. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 403-425. LACKEY, J. B. 1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re- lated to Fertilization. II. Productivity. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 4, pp. 795-802. LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER 1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re- lated to Fertilization. I. Surveys. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 3, pp. 573-585. LACKEY, J. B. 1949. Plankton as Related to Nuisance Conditions in Surface Water. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Sup- ply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 56-63. LACKEY, J. B. 1956. Stream Enrichment and Micro- biota. Public Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 7, pp. 708-718. LACKEY, J. B. 1957, Protozoa as Indicators of the Eco- logical Conditions of a Body of Water. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the Seminar on Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, U. S. Public Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio, pp. 50-59. MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW and C. D. McNABB 1960, A Study of the Effects of Divert- ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat- ment upon the Receiving Stream. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72. MAYER, A. M., A. EISENBERG and M. EVANARI 1956. Studies on The Mass Culture of Algae in Israel. Scientific Monthly, vol. 83, No. 10, pp. 198-203. McNABB, C. D. 1960. Enumeration of Freshwater Phy- toplankton Concentrated on the Mem- brane Filter. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 57-61. MEHSEN, J. J. 1953. Microbiological Study of Acid Mine Waters: Preliminary Report. Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 123-127. PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM 1955. Suggested Classification of Algae and Protozoa in Sanitary Science. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 10, pp. 1183-1188. PALMER, C. M. 1959. Algae in Water Supplies. An Il- lustrated Manual on the Identification, Significance, and Control of Algae in Water Supplies. Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 657, pp. 1-88. PALMER, C. M. 1965. Phytoplankton Periodicity in a 6 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER Newfoundland Pond. Journal of Phy- cology, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 39-40. PATRICK, R. 1948. Factors Affecting the Distribu- tion of Diatoms. Botanical Review, vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 473-524. PATRICK, R. 1964, A Discussion of Natural and Ab- normal Diatom Communities. In: Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man. Plenum Press, New York, pp. 185- 204. PIPES, W. 0., JR. 1961. Algae Growth Rate. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 5, pp. 176-179. PRESCOTT, G. W. 1956. A Guide to the Literature on Ecology and Life Histories of the Algae. Botanical Review, vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 161-240. PRESCOTT, G, W. 1960. Biological Disturbances Resulting from Algal Populations in Standing Waiters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma- tuning Special Publication No. 2. Uni- versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 22-37. PROVASOLI, L. and I. J. PINTNER 1960. Artificial Media for Fresh-water Algae: Problems and Suggestions. The Ecology of Algae, Pymatuning Special Publication No. 2. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl- vania, pp. 84-96. PtTlDY, W. C. 1937. Experimental Studies of Natural Purification in Polluted Waters. X. Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by Microscopic Algae. Public Health Re- ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp. 945-978. REED, E. B. and J. R. OLIVE 1956. Annual Cycle of Net Plankton in a Fluctuating North Central Colorado Reservoir. Ecology, vol. 37, No. 10, pp. 713-719. ROHLICH, G. A. and W. B. SARLES 1949. Chemical Composition of Algae and Its Relationship to Taste and Odor. Taste and Odor Control Jour- nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp, 1-12. RYTHER, J. H. 1960. Organic Production by Plankton Algae, and Its Environmental Control. The Ecology of Algae, Pymatuning Special Publication No. 2. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl- vania, pp, 72-83. SAWYER, C. N. 1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of Aquatic Growths. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290. SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ADLER 1929. A Note on the Chemical Composi- tion of Chara from Green Lake, Wis- consin. Wisconsin Academy of Sci- ences, Arts and Letters, vol. 24, pp. 141-145. SCHUMACHER, G. J. 1956. A Qualitative and Quantitative Study of the Plankton Algae in South- western Georgia. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 56, No. 7, pp. 88-115. SHAPIRO, J. and R. RIBBIRO 1965. Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu- ent in the Potomac Estuarv. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Fed- eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1034-1043. SILVA, P. C. and G. F. PAPENFUSS 1953. A Systematic Study of the Algae of Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State Water Pollution Control Board, Sac- ramento, California, Publication No. 7, pp. 1-35. TALLING, J. F. 1960. Comparative Laboratory and Field Studies of Photosynthesis by a Ma- rine Planktonic Diatom. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 62-77. TUCKER, A. 1957. The Relation of Phytoplankton Periodicity to the Nature of the Physico-Chemical Environment with Special Reference to Phosphorus. II. Seasonal and Vertical Distribution of the Phytoplankton in Relation to the Environment. American Midland Na- turalist, vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 334-370. WHITFORD, L. A. 1960. Ecological Distribution of Fresh- Water Algae. The Ecology of Algae, Pymatuning Special Publication No. 2. University of Pittsburgh, Pitts- burgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 2-10. ------- WATKR POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT TOXIC ALGAE ASHWORTH, C. T. and M. F. MASON 1946. Observations on the Pathological Changes Produced by a Toxic Sub- stance Present in Blue-Green Algae (Microcystis aeruginosa). American Journal of Pathology, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 369-384. BRANDENBURG, T. O. and F. M. SHIGLEY 1947. "Water Bloom" as a Cause of Poisoning in Livestock in North Da- kota. Journal of the American Vet- erinary Medical Association, vol. 110, No. 843, pp. 384-385. DAVIDSON, F. F. 1959. Poisoning of Wild and Domestic Animals by a Toxic Waterbloom of Nostoc rivulare Kuetz. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 51, No. 10, pp. 1277-1287. DEEM, A. W. and F. THORP 1939. Toxic Algae in Colorado. Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association, vol. 95, No. 752, pp. 542- 544. FITCH, C. P., L. M. BISHOP, et al. 1934. "Water Bloom" as a Cause of Poisoning in Domestic Animals. Cor- nell Veterinarian, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 30-39. GORHAM, P. R. 1962. Laboratory Studies on the Toxins Produced by Waterblooms of Blue- green Algae. American Journal of Public Health, vol. 52, No. 12, pp. 2100-2105. GORHAM, P. R. 1964. Toxic Algae. In: Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 307-336. GORHAM, P. R, 1964. Toxic Algae as a Public Health Hazard. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 56, No. 11, pp. 1481-1488. GRANT, G. A. and E. O. HUGHES 1953. Development of Toxicity in Blue- Green Algae. Canadian Journal of Public Health, vol. 44, No. 9, pp. 334- 338. HOWARD, N. J. and A. E. BERRY 1933. Algae Nuisances in Surface Wa- ters. Canadian Journal of Public Health, vol. 24, No. 7, pp. 377-384. HUGHES, E. 0., P. R. GORHAM and A. ZEHNDER 1958. Toxicity of a Unialgal Culture of Microcystis aeruginosa. Canadian Journal of Microbiology, vol. 4, No. 6, pp. 225-236. INGRAM, W. M. and G. W. PRESCOTT 1954. Toxic Fresh-Water Algae. Ameri- can Midland Naturalist, vol. 52, No. 1, pp. 75-87. KALMBACH, E. R. 1934. Western Duck Sickness a Form of Botulism (With Bacteriological Contributions by M. G. Gunderson). U. S. Department of Agriculture, Technical Bulletin No. 411, pp. 1-81. Louw, P. G. J. 1950. The Active Constituent of the Poisonous Algae, Microcystis toxica Stephens. South African Industrial Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 62-66. MACKENTHUN, K. M., E. F. HERMAN and A. F. BARTSCH 1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re- sulting from the Decomposition of Algae in the Yahara River, Wiscon- sin. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 75 (1945), pp. 175-180. MASON, M. F. and R. E. WHEELER 1942. Observations Upon the Toxicity of Blue-Green Algae. Federation Pro- ceedings (The American Society of Biological Chemists), vol. 1, p. 124. McLEOD, J. A. and G. F. BONDAR 1952. A Case of Suspected Algal Poison- ing in Manitoba. Canadian Journal of Public Health, vol. 43, No. 9, pp. 374- 350. O'DoNOGHUE, J. G. and G. S. WILSON 1951. Algal Poisoning in Alberta. Ca- nadian Journal of Comparative Medi- cine, vol. 15, No. 8, pp. 193-198. OLSON, T. A. 1952. Toxic Plankton. Water and Sew- age Works, vol. 99. No. 2, pp. 75-77. PRESCOTT, G. W. 1933. Some Effects of the Blue-Green Algae, Aphanizomenon ftos aqwe on Lake Fish. The Collecting Net, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 77-80. 8 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER PRESCOTT, G. W. 1939. Some Relationships of Phyto- plankton to Limnology and Aquatic Biology. In: Problems of Lake Biol- ogy. American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., Publication No. 10, pp. 65-78. PRESCOTT, G. W. 1948. Objectionable Algae with Refer- ence to the Killing of Fish and Other Animals. Hydrobiologia, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-13. QuiN, A. H. 1943. Sheep Poisoning by Algae. Jour- nal of the American Veterinary Medi- cal Association, vol. 102, No. 793, pp. 1-299. ROSE, E. T. 1953. Toxic Algae in Iowa Lakes. Iowa Academy of Science, vol. 60, pp. 738- 745. SCHWIMMER, M. and D. SCHWIMMER 1955. The Role of Algae and Plankton in Medicine. Grune and Stratton Pub- lishers, New York, 85 pp. SCHWIMMER, D. and M. SCHWIMMER 1964. Algae and Medicine. In: Jackson, D. F. (ed.). Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 368-412. SENIOR, V. E. 1960. Algal Poisoning in Saskatchewan. Canadian Journal of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary Science, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 26-30. SMIT, J. D. 1950. Experimental Cases of Algae Poisoning in Small Animals. South African Industrial Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 1-66. STEPHENS, E. L. 1948. Microcystis toxica sp. nov. A Poisonous Alga from the Transvaal and Orange Free State. Hydro- biologia, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-14. STEWART, A. G., D. A. BARNUM and J. A. HENDERSON 1950. Algal Poisoning in Ontario, Canada. Canadian Journal of Com- parative Medicine, vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 197-202. STEYN, D. G. 1943. Poisoning of Animals by Algae in Dams and Pans. Farming in South Africa, vol. 18, No. 208, pp. 489^92, 510. STEYN, D. G. 1944. Poisonous and Non-Poisonous Al- gae (Waterbloom, Scum) in Dams and Pans. Farming in South Africa, vol. 19, No. 220, pp. 465^66, 472. STEYN, D. G. 1945. Poisoning of Animals and Human Beings by Algae. South African Jour- nal of Science, vol. 41, pp. 243-244. STEYN, D. G. 1945. Poisoning of Animals by Algae (Scum or Waterbloom) in Dams and Pans. Union of South Africa, De- partment of Agriculture and For- estry, Pub. at Pretoria, South Africa, pp. 1-8. WHEELEER, R. E., J. B. LACKEY and S. SCHOTT 1942. A Contribution on the Toxicity of Algae. Public Health Reports, vol. 57, No. 45, pp. 1695-1701. FUNGI BECKER, J. G. and C. G. SHAW 1955. Fungi in Domestic Sewage-Treat- ment Plants. Applied Microbiology, vol. 3, No. 3, pp, 173-180. CAWLEY, W. A. 1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance in Streams. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182. COOKE, W. B. 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. I. Literature Review. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 539-549. COOKE, W. B. 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age, II. Isolation Technique. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 661-674. COOKE, W. B. 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. III. Fungi in a Small Polluted Stream. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 6, pp. 790-794. 9 ------- WATEB POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT COOKE, W. B., W. A. MOORE and P. W. KABLER 1956. B.O.D. Satisfaction by Fungi. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 9, pp. 1075-1086. COOKE, W. B. and K. A. BUSCH 1957. Activity of Cellulose-Decomposing Fungi Isolated from Sewage-Polluted Water. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 210-217. COOKE, W. B. 1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. IV. The Occurrence of Fungi in a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat- ment Plant. Proceedings of the 13th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, Series No. 96, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 26-45. COOKE, W. B. 1959. Trickling Filter Ecology. Ecology, vol. 40, No, 2, pp. 273-291. COOKE, W. B. and A. F. BARTSCH 1959. Aquatic Fungi in Water with High Waste Loads. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp. 1316-1322. COOKE, W. B. 1961. Pollution Effects on the Fungus Population of a Stream. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 1, op. 1-18. COOKE, W. B. 1963. Fungi Associated with Spent Sul- fite Liquor Disposal in a Natural Sand Bed. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46, pp. 573-578. FELDMAN, A. E. 1955. Fungi from Trickling Filters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1243-1244. HAENSELER, C. M., W. P. MOORE and J. G. GAINS 1923. Fungi and Algae of Sprinkling Filters. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station Bulletin, No. 390, pp. 39-48. HESSELTTNE, C. W. 1953. Study of Trickling Filter Fungi. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 507-514. POTTER, L. F. and G. E. BAKER 1961. The Microbiology of Flathead and Rogers Lakes, Montana. II. Vertical Distribution of the Microbial Popula- tions and Chemical Analyses of Their Environments. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 2, pp. 338-348. SILVEY, J. K. G. 1963. The Role of Aquatic Actinomy- cetes in Self-Purification of Fresh Water Streams. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 4-5, pp. 399-412. BOTTOM ORGANISMS BAKER, F. C. 1922. The Molluscan Fauna of the Big Vermilion River, Illinois, with Special Reference to its Modification as the Result of Pollution by Sewage and Manufacturing Wastes. Illinois Bio- logical Monographs, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 105-224. BAKER, F. C. 1926. The Changes in the Bottom Fauna of the Illinois River Due to Pollu- tional Causes. Ecology, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 229-230. BEETON, A. M. 1965. Eutrophication of the St. Lawr- ence Great Lakes. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 240- 254. CARR, J. F. and J. K. HILTUNEN 1965. Changes in the Bottom Fauna of Western Lake Erie from 1930 to 1961, Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 551-569. DEAN, J. M. 1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia, vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434^40. DORRIS, T. C. and B. J. COPELAND 1962. Limnology of the Middle Missis- sippi River. III. Mayfly Populations in Relation to Navigation Water- Level Control. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 240-247. EDMONDS, W. R. 1963. United States-Canada Boundary Water Pollution Studies. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federa- tion, vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 1339-1344. ELLIS, R. J. 1961. A Life History of Asellus inter- 10 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER medius Forbes. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 80, No. 1, pp. 88-102. FREMLING, C. R. 1964. Mayfly Distribution Indicates Water Quality on the Upper Missis- sippi River. Science, vol. 146, pp. 1164-1166. GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL 1952. Aquatic Invertebrates as Indica- tors of Stream Pollution. Public Health Reports, vol. 67, No. I, pp. 57- 64. GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL 1955. Environmental Changes in a Pol- luted Stream During Winter. Ameri- can Midland Naturalist, vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 78-88. GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL 1956. Aquatic Macro-invertebrate Com- munities as Indicators of Organic Pollution in Lytle Creek. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 7, pp. 906-924. GAUFIN, A. R. 1958. The Effects of Pollution on a Mid- western Stream. Ohio Journal of Sci- ence, vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 197-208. HATCHETT, S. P. 1947. Biology of the Isopoda of Michi- gan. Ecological Monographs, vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 47-79. HAWKES, H. A. 1963. Effects of Domestic and Industrial Discharge on the Ecology of Riffles in Midland Streams. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 565-^586- HENDERSON, C. 1949. Value of the Bottom Sampler in Demonstrating the Effects of Pollu- tion on Fish Food. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 217-230. HUNT, G. S. 1962. Water Pollution and the Ecology of Some Aquatic Invertebrates in the Lower Detroit River. Great Lakes Re- search Division, University of Mich- igan, Publication No. 9, pp. 29-49. HYNES, H. B. N. 1965. The Significance of Maeroinverte- brates in the Study of Mild River Pollution. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 235- 240. INGRAM, W. M. 1948. The Larger Freshwater Clams of California, Oregon, and Washington. Journal of Entomology and Zoology, vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 72-92. KEUP, L. E., W. M. INGRAM, J. R. GECKLER and W. B. HORNING, II 1965. Biology of Chicago's Waterways. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999- WP-32, pp. 1-20. KING, D. L. and R. C. BALL 1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure of Stream Pollution. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 650-653. PAINE, G. H., JR. and A. R. GAUFIN 1956. Aquatic Diptera as Indicators of Pollution in a Midwestern Stream. Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 56, No. 6, pp. 291-304. PALOUMPIS, A. A. and W. C. STARRETT 1960. An Ecological Study of Benthic Organisms in Three Illinois River Flood Plain Lakes. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 64, No. 2, pp. 406- 435. PATRICK, R. 1959. Aquatic Life in a New Stream, Water and Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 531-535. PENNAK, R. W. and E. D. VAN GERPEN 1947. Bottom Fauna Production and Physical Nature of the Substrate in a Northern Colorado Trout Stream. Ecology, vol, 28, No. 1, pp. 42-48. RICHARDSON, R. C. 1925. Changes in the Small Bottom Fauna of Peoria Lake, 1920-1922. Illinois Natural History Survey, Bul- letin 15, No. 5, pp. 327-388. SOUTHGATE, B. A. 1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus- trial Waste Waters. Chapter 1, Pol- luting Effects of Industrial Waste Waters, pp. 1-13. Department of Sci- entific and Industrial Research, His Majesty's Stationery Office, London, pp. 1-327. 11 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT SUBLETT, J. E. 1957. The Ecology of the Macroscopic Bottom Fauna in Lake Texoma (Deni- son Reservoir) , Oklahoma and Texas. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 371-402. SURBER, E. W. 1953. Biological Effects of Pollution in Michigan Lakes. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 79-86. SURBER, E. W. 1959. Cricotopus bicinctus, a Midgefly Resistant to Electroplating Wastes. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, pp. 111- 116. TEBO, L. B., JR. 1955. Effects of Siltation, Resulting from Improper Logging, on the Bot- tom Fauna of a Small Trout Stream in the Southern Appalachians. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 64-70. WARREN, C. E., J. H. WALES, G. E. DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF 1964. Trout Production in an mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 617-660. WEST-LAKE, D. F. 1959. Effects of Organisms on Pollu- tion. Proceedings of the Limnological Society, vol. 170, pp. 171-172. Jour- nal of the Science of Food and Agri- culture. vol. 10, 104 pp. WILSON, J. N. 1953. Effect of Kraft Mill Wastes on Stream Bottom Fauna. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp. 1210-1218. WURTZ, C. B. 1956. Freshwater Mollusks and Stream Pollution. The Nautilus, vol. 69, No. 3, pp. 96-100. YOUNG, F. N. 1960. Effects of Pollution on Natural Associations of Water Beetles. Pro- ceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 373-580. INSECTS ANDERSON, J. R. and R. J. DICKE 1960. Ecology of the Immature Stages of Some Wisconsin Black Flies (Simuliidae: Diptera). Annals of the Entomological Society of America, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 386-404. CURRY, L. L. 1954. Notes on the Ecology of the Midge Fauna (Diptera: Tendipedidae) of Hunt Creek, Montgomery County, Michigan. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 541-550. EDWARDS, R. W. 1958. The Relation of Oxygen Con- sumption to Body Size and to Tem- perature in the Larvae of Chironomus riparius Meigen. Journal of Experimental Biology, vol. 35, pp. 383-395. FELLTON, H. L. 1940. Control of Aquatic Midges with Notes on the Biology of Certain Species. Journal of Economic En- tomology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 252-264. FREMLING, C. R. 1960. Biology of & Large Mayfly, Hexa- genia bihneata (Say), of the Upper Mississippi River. Agricultural and Home Economics Experiment Sta- tion, Iowa State University of Sci- ence and Technology, Ames, Iowa, Research Bulletin 482, pp. 842-851. FREMLING, C. R. 1960. Biology and Possible Control of Nuisance Caddisflies of the Upper Mississippi River. Agricultural and Home Economics Experiment Station, Iowa State University of Science and Technology, Ames. Iowa, Research Bulletin 483, pp. 856-879. PROVOST, M. W. 1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients in Florida. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419. FISH APPLEGATE, V. C., J. H. HOWELL and J. W. MOFFETT 1961. Use of 3-trifluormethyl—4-nitro- phenol as a Selective Sea Lamprey Larvicide. Technical Report No. 1, Great Lakes Fishery Commission, pp. 1-35. BALDWIN, R. E., D. H. STRONG and J. H. TORRIE 12 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER 1961. Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken from Four Fresh-Water Sources. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 175- 180. BLACK, E. C., F. E. J. FRY and V. S. BLACK 1954. The Influence of Carbon Dioxide on the Utilization of Oxygen by Some Fresh-Water Fish. Canadian Journal of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 408-^120. BURDICK, G. E. 1954. An analysis of the Factors, In- cluding Pollution, Having Possible In- fluence on the Abundance of Shad in the Hudson River. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 188-205. BTJRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1955. Toxicity of Emulsifiable Rotonone to Various Species of Fish. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 36-67. CROSS, F. B. 1950. Effects of Sewage and of a Head- waters Impoundment on the Fishes of Stillwater Creek in Payne County, Oklahoma. American Midland Natu- ralist, vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 128-145. ESCH MEYER, R. W. 1950. Fish and Fishing in TVA Im- poundments. Tennessee Department of Conservation, Nashville, pp. 1-28. DAVIDSON, R. C., W. P. BREESE, C. E. WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF 1959. Experiments on the Dissolved Oxygen Requirements of Cold Water Fishes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 8, pp. 950-966. DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE 1952. Pollution of the Spanish River. Ontario Department of Lands and Forests, Research Report No. 25, pp. 1-106. EDMONDS, W. R. 1963. United States-Canada Boundary Water Pollution Studies. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federa- tion, vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 1339-1344. ENGLISH, J. N., E. W. SURBER and G. N. McDERMOTT 1963. Pollutional Effects of Outboard Motor Exhaust—Field Studies. Jour- nal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1121- 1132. JOB, J. V. 1955. The Oxygen Consumption of Salvelinus fontinalis. University of Toronto Biological Series No, 61, pp. 1-39. JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E. BOND and P. DOUDOROFF 1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1403-1413. KATZ, M. and A. R. GATJFIN 1953. The Effects of Sewage Pollution on the Fish Population of a Midwest- ern Stream. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 82, pp. 156-165. KATZ, M. and W. C. HOWARD 1954. The Length and Growth of O-Year Class Creek Chubs in Relation to Do- mestic Sewage. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 228-238. KELLING, E. E. 1963. Minnow Population of Grimes Creek in Relation to Pollution. Pro- ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science, vol. 70, pp. 236-239. KRTJMHOLZ, L. A. and W. L. MINCKLEY 1964. Changes in the Fish Population in the Upper Ohio River Following Tem- porary Pollution Abatement. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 1-5. LARIMORE, R. W. and P. W. SMITH 1963. The Fishes of Champaign County, Illinois, as Affected by 60 Years of Stream Changes. Illinois Natural His- tory Survey, Bulletin, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 299-382. MACKENTHUN, K. M., E. F. HERMAN and A. F. BARTSCH 1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re- sulting from the Decomposition of Algae in the Yahara River, Wiscon- sin. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 175-180. OLSON, T. A. 1932. Some Observations on the Inter- relationships of Sunlight, Aquatic Plant Life and Fishes. Read at Sixty- 13 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Second Annual Meeting, American Fisheries Society, Baltimore, Mary- land, pp. 1-11. PAUTZKE, C. F. 1937. Studies on the Effect of Coal Washings on Steelheads and Cut- throat Trout. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 67, pp. 232-233 SCHATJT, G. G. 1939. Fish Catastrophes During Droughts. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 771-882. SCHIFFMAN, R. H. and P. 0. FROMM 1959. Chromium-Induced Changes in the Blood of Rainbow Trout, Salmo gairdnerii. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 205-211. SHAW, P. A. and J. A. MAGA 1943. The Effects of Mining Silt on Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawn- ing Beds. California Fish and Game, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 29-41. SMITH, O. R. 1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela- tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa- cific Coast. Transactions of the Amer- ican Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp. 225-230. SMITH, L. L., JR. and R. H. KRAMER 1963. Survival of Walleye Eggs in Re- lation to Wood Fibers and Spkaero- tilus natans in the Rainy River, Min- nesota. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 92, No. 3, pp. 220-234. SOUTHGATE, B. A. 1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus- trial Waste Waters. Chapter III. Effects of Pollution on Fish, pp. 23- 42. Department of Scientific and In- dustrial Research, His Majesty's Stationery Office, London, pp. 1-327. TAYLOR, C. C. 1951. A survey of Former Shad Streams in Maine. *U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Report No. 66, pp. 1-29. VAN HORN, W. M. and R. F. BALCH 1957. The Reaction of Walleyed Pike Eggs to Reduced Dissolved Oxygen Concentrations. Proceedings of the llth Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University Engineering Ex- tension Series 91, pp. 319-333. WALLEN, I. E. 1951. The Direct Effect of Turbidity on Fishes. Bulletin Oklahoma Agricul- tural and Mechanical College, vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 1-27. WALKER, C. L., et al. 1923. Studies on the Treatment and Dis- posal of Dairy Wastes. Effects on Fish Life. Cornell University Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 425, pp. 1-171. WARREN, C. E., J. H. WALES, G. E. DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF 1964. Trout Production in an Experi- mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 617-660. WHITMORE, C. M., C. E. WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF 1960. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy- gen Concentrations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 89, No. 1, pp. 17-26. WlEBE, A. H. 1935. The Effect of Crude pil on Fresh- Water Fish. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 65, pp. 324-350. WlLDUNG, J. L. 1939. The Oxygen Threshold for Three Species of Fish. Ecology, vol. 20, pp. 253-263. WOOD, E. M. 1960. Definite Diagnosis of Fish Mor- talities. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No. 9, pp. 994-999. FLOWERING AQUATIC PLANTS GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON 1963. Some Effects of Smelter Pollu- tion upon Aquatic Vegetation near Sudbury, Ontario. Canadian Journal of Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378. HARPER, H, J. and H. R. DANIEL 1939. Chemical Composition of Certain Aquatic Plants. Botanical Gazette, vol. 96, pp. 186-189. 14 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER MOYLE, J. 1945. Some Chemical Factors Influenc- ing the Distribution of Aquatic Plants in Minnesota. American Midland Na- turalist, vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 402-420. PENFOUND, W. T. and T. T. EARLE 1948. The Biology of Water Hyacinth. Ecological Monographs, vol. 18. pp. 447^72. RlCKETT, H. W. 1922. A Quantitative Study of the Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Men- dota. Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Let- ters, vol. 20, pp. 501-527. RlCKETT, H. W. 1924. A Quantitative Study of the Larger Aquatic Plants of Green Lake, Wisconsin. Transactions of the Wis- consin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 21, pp. 381-414. SCHUETTE, H. A. and A. E. HOFFMAN 1922. Notes on the Chemical Composi- tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Mendpta. I. Clado- phora and Myriophyllium. Transac- tions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 20, pp. 529-531. SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER 1928. Notes on the Chemical Composi- tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Mendota. II. Vallis- neria and Potamogeton. Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sci- ences, Arts and Letters, vol. 23, pp. 249-254. SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER 1929. Notes on the Chemical Composi- tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Mendota. III. Castalia odorata and Najas flexilis. Transac- tions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 24, pp. 135-139. NUTRIENTS ALLEN, M. B. 1955. General Features of Algal Growth in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. Califor- nia State Water Pollution Control Board, Sacramento, Publication No. 13, pp. 1-48. AMBERG, H. R., J. F. CORMACK and M. R. RIVERS 1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter- mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite Liquor. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45. pp. 770-779. ANDERSON, G. C. 1960. Recent Changes in the Trophic Nature of Lake Washington—A Re- view. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En- gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. W61-3, pp. 27-33. BALL, R. C. 1950. Fertilization of Natural Lakes in Michigan. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 145- 155. BALL, R. C. and H. A. TANNER 1951. The Biological Effects of Fertil- izer on a Warm-Water Lake. Michigan State College, Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Department of Zoology, East Lansing, Michigan, Technical Bulletin 223, pp. 1-32. BEETON, A. M. 1965. Eutrophication of the St. Lawr- ence Great Lakes. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 240-254. BENOIT, R. J. and J. J. CURRY 1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con- necticut. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Pub- lication No. W61-3, pp. 18-22. BOGAN, R. H. 1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by Algae. Public Health Reports, vol. 76, No. 4, pp. 301-308. CURL, H., JR. 1959. The Origin and Distribution of Phosphorus in Western Lake Erie. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 66-76. CURRY, J. J. and S. L. WILSON 1955. Effect of Sewage-borne Phos- phorus on Algae. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1262-1266. 15 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT DANIEL, H. A., et al. 1938. Nitrate Nitrogen Content of Rain and Runoff Water from Plots Under Different Cropping Systems on Soil Classified as Vernon Fine Sandy Loams. Soil Scientific Society of America Proceedings, vol. 3, pp. 230- 233. DEAN, J. M. 1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia, vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434-440. DUGDALE, R. C. and J. C. NEESS 1960. Recent Observations on Nitrogen Fixation in Blue-Green Algae. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub- lic Health Service, SEC TR W61-3, pp. 103-106. EDMONDSON, W. T., G. C. ANDERSON and D. R. PETERSON 1956. Artificial Eutrophication of Lake Washington. Limnology and Oceanog- raphy, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 47-53. ELDRIDGE, E. F. 1963. Irrigation as a Source of Water Pollution. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 614-625. ENGELBRECHT, R. S. and J. J. MORGAN I960. Land Drainage as a Source of Phosphorus in Illinois Surface Wa- ters. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service Publica- tion No. W61-3, pp. 74-79. EYSTER, C. 1964. Micronutrient Requirements for Green Plants. Especially Algae. In: Jackson, D. F. fed.). Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 77-119. FlPPlN, E. O. 1945. Plant Nutrient Losses in Silt and Water in the Tennessee River Svstem. Soil Science, vol. 60, pp. 223-239. FITZGERALD, G. P. 1961. Stripping Effluents of Nutrients by Biological Means. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 136- 139. FLAIGG, N. G. and G. W. REID 1954. Effects of Nitrogenous Compounds on Stream Conditions. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 1145-1154. GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG 1954. Cell Content of Nitrogen and Phosphorus as a Measure of their Availability for Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 348-353. GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG 1957. Availability of Iron and Manga- nese in Southern Wisconsin Lakes for the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa. Ecology, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 551-556. GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG 1957. Nitrogen as a Limiting Factor for the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa in Southern Wisconsin Lakes. Ecol- ogy, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 556-561. GOERING, J. J. and J. C. NEESS 1964. Nitrogen Fixation in Two Wiscon- sin Lakes. Limnology and Oceanog- raphy, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 530-539. GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER 1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car- bon-14 Bioassay of Factors Affecting the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake Tahoe, California. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059. HASLER, A. D. 1947. Eutrophication of Lakes by Do- mestic Sewage. Ecology, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 383-395. HURwrrz, E., R. BEATJDOIN and W. WALTERS 1965. Phosphates, their Fate in a Sew- age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys- tem. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 112, No. 3, pp. 84-89, 112. IRGENS, R. L. and H. O. HALVORSON 1965. Removal of Plant Nutrients by Means of Aerobic Stabilization of Sludge. Applied Microbiology, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 373-386. JOHNSON, W. K. and G. J. SCHROEPFER 1964. Nitrogen Removal by Nitrification and Denitrification. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1015-1036. 16 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER KRAUSS, R. W. I960. Fundamental Characteristics of of Algal Physiology. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the I960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati. Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47. LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER 1945, Plankton Productivity of Certain Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re- lated to Fertilization. I. Surveys. Sew- age Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 573-585. LACKEY, J. B. 1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re- lated to Fertilization. II, Productiv- ity. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 795-802. LACKEY, J. B. 1958. Effects of Fertilization on Receiv- ing Waters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1411- 1416. LARSON, W. C. 1961. Spray Irrigation for the Removal of Nutrients in Sewage Treatment Plant Effluent as Practiced at Detroit Lakes, Minnesota. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 125- 129. LAUFF, G. H. 1960. The Role of Limnological Factors in the Availability of Algal Nutrients. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub- lic Health Service, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 96-99. LAWTON, G. W. 1960. The Madison Lakes Before and After Diversion. In: Algae and Me- tropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 108-117. LEVIN, G. V. and J. SHAPIRO 1965. Metabolic Uptake of Phosphorus by Wastewater Organisms. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Fed- eration, vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 800-S21. LUDWIG, H. F., E. KAZMIERCZAK and R. C. CARTER 1964. Waste Disposal and the Future at Lake Tahoe. Proceedings of the Amer- ican Society of Civil Engineers, Jour- nal of the Sanitary Engineering Divi- sion, vol. 90, No. SA3, pp. 27-51. MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW and C. D. McNABB 1960. A Study of the Effects of Divert- ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat- ment Upon the Receiving Stream. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1962. A Review of Algae, Lake Weeds, and Nutrients. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 10, pp. 1077-1085. MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM and R. PORGES 1964. Nutrients and Biological Growths. In: Limnological Aspects of Recre- ational Lakes, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 1167, pp. 31-46. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1965. Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Wa- ter, An Annotated Selected Bibliog- raphy of Their Biological Effects. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub- lic Health Service, Publication No. 1305. pp. 1-111. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1965. The Effects of Nutrients on Photo- synthetic Oxygen Production in Lakes and Reservoirs: In: Symposium on Streamflow Regulation for Quality Control, 1963, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-30, pp. 205- 215, MclNTiRE, C. D. and C. E. BOND 1962. Effects of Artificial Fertilization on Plankton and Benthos Abundance in Four Experimental Ponds. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 91, No. 3, pp. 303-312. NEESS, J. C. 1946. Development and Status of Pond Fertilization in Central Europe. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 76, pp. 336-358. 17 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT NEIL, J. H. 1957. Problems and Control of Unna- tural Fertilization of Lake Waters. Proceedings of the 12th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 301-816. NICHOLS, M. S. 1965. Nitrates in the Environment. Jour- nal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 57, No. 10, pp. 1319- 1327. OSWALD, W. J. 1960. Metropolitan Wastes and Algal Nutrition. In: Algae and Metropoli- tan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. W61-3, pp. 88-95. PALOUMPIS, A. A. and W. C. STARRETT 1960. An Ecological Study of Benthic Organisms in Three Illinois River Flood Plain Lakes. American Mid- land Naturalist, vol. 64, No. 2, pp. 406-435. PHINNEY, H. K. and C. A. PEEK 1960. Klamath Lake, an Instance of Natural Enrichment. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 22-27. PROVASOLI, L. 1960. Micronutrients and Heterotrophy as Possible Factors in Bloom Produc- tion in Natural Waters. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 48-56. PROVOST, M. W. 1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients in Florida. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417- 1419. RlGLER, F. H. 1964. The Phosphorus Fractions and the Turnover Time of Inorganic Phos- phorus in Different Types of Lakes. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 511-518. ROHLICH, G. A. 1961. Chemical Methods for the Re- moval of Nitrogen and Phosphorus from Sewage Plant Effluents. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 130-135. ROHLICH, G. A. 1963. Methods for the Removal of Phos- phorus and Nitrogen from Sewage Plant Effluents. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 4-5, pp. 427-434. SANDERSON, W. W. 1953. Studies of the Character and Treatment of Waste from Duck Farms. Proceedings of the 8th Indus- trial Waste Conference, Purdue Uni- versity, Extension Series, vol. 83, No. 1, pp. 170-176. SAWYER, C. N., J. B. LACKEY and R. T. LENZ 1945. An Investigation of the Odor Nuisance Occurring in the Madison Lakes, Particularly Monona, Waubesa and Kegonsa from July 1942-July 1944. Report of Governor's Commit- tee, Madison, Wisconsin, 2 vols. SAWYER, C. N. 1947. Fertilization of Lakes by Agricul- tural and Urban Drainage. Journal of the New England Water Works Association, vol. 61, No. 2, pp. 109- 127. SAWYER, C. N. 1952. Some New Aspects of Phosphates in Relation to Lake Fertilization. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 6, pp. 768-776. SAWYER, C. N. 1954. Factors Involved in Disposal of Sewage Effluents to Lakes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 317-325. SAWYER, C. N. and A. F. FERULLO 1960. Nitrogen Fixation in Natural Waters under Laboratory Conditions. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineer- ing Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 100-103. SAWYER, C. N. 1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of 18 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER Aquatic Growths. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290. SAWYER, C. N. 1965. Problem of Phosphorus in Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 57, No. 11, pp. 1431-1439. SCHELSKE, C. L., F. F. HOOPER and E. J. HAERTL 1962. Responses of a Marl Lake to Chelated Iron and Fertilizer. Ecology, vol. 43, No. 4, pp. 646-653. SHAPIRO, J. and R. RIBEIRO 1965. Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu- ent in the Potomac Estuary. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Fed- eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1034-1043. SYLVESTER, R. O. 1960. Nutrient Content of Drainage Water from Forested, Urban, and Agricultural Areas. In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Oh:o. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 80-87. THOMAS, E. A. 1965. Eutrophication of Lakes and Rivers, Cause and Prevention. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollu- tion—Transactions of the 1962 Semi- nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 299-305. WEIBEL, S. R., R. J. ANDERSON and E. L. WOODWARD 1964. Urban Land Runoff as a Factor in Stream Pollution. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 7, pp. 914-924. WITT, V. M. and J. A. BORCHARDT 1960. The Removal of Nitrogen and Phosphorus from Sewage Effluents Through The Use of Algal Culture. Journal of Biochemical and Micro- biological Technology and Engineer- ing, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 187-203. WITT, V. M. 1963. Improvement of Domestic Sew- age Effluents Through Nitrogen and Phosphorus Removal. Environmental Health, vol. 5, No. 2, p. 121. INSECTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE ALLISON, D. T., B. J. KALLMAN, O. B. COPE and C. VAN VALIN 1964. Some Chronic Effects of DDT on Cutthroat Trout. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Research Report No. 64, pp. 1-28. ANON. 1964. Pesticide-Wildlife Studies, 1963. A Review of Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice Investigations During the Calen- dar Year. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Circular No. 199, pp. 1-129. BISHOPP, F. C. 1950. An Expert Discusses Toxicity of Cotton Insecticides. Agricultural Chemicals, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 30-32, 90-91. BRIDGES, W. R., B. J. KALLMAN and A. K. ANDREWS 1963. Persistence of DDT and Its Metabolites in a Farm Pond. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 421-427. BRIDGES, W. R. 1965. Effects of Time and Temperature on the Toxicity of Heptachlor and Kepone to Redear Sunfish. In: Bio- logical Problems in Water Pollution —Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999- WP-25, pp. 247-249. BURDICK, G. E., E. J. HARRIS, H. J. DEAN, T. M. WALKER, J. SKEA and D. COLBY 1964. The Accumulation of DDT in Lake Trout and the Effect on Repro- duction. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 2, pp. 127-136. BYRD, I. B. and D. D. Moss 1952. Public Lake and Stream Investi- gations in Alabama. State of Ala- bama, Department of Conservation, Division of Game and Fish, pp. 14-15. CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER 1964. The Effect Upon the Pumpkin- seed Sunfish Lepomis gibbosiis (Linn.) of Chronic Exposure to Lethal and Sublethal Concentrations 19 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT of Dieldrin. Notulae Naturae of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 370, pp. 1-10. COPE, O. B. 1960. The Retention of DDT by Trout and Whitefish. Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Technical Report W60-3, pp. 72-75. COPE, 0. B. 1961. Effects of DDT Spraying for Spruce Budwonn on Fish in the Yel- lowstone River System. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 239-251. COPE, O. B. 1962. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and Wildlife in 1960. Effects on Sport Fisheries. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Circular No. 143, pp. 1-16. COUTANT, C. C. 1964. Insecticide Sevin: Effect of Aerial Spraying on Drift of Stream Insects. Science, vol. 146, pp. 420-421. DOUDOROFF, P., M. KATZ and C. M. TARZWELL 1953. Toxicity of Some Organic Insec- ticides to Fish. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 840- GAUFIN, A. R. 1960. Bioassays to Determine the Toxi- city of Pesticides to Aquatic Inverte- brates. Proceedings of the 15th In- dustrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 94-98. GKZENDA, A. R-, G. J. LAUER and H. P. NICHOLSON 1964. Water Pollution by Insecticides in an Agricultural River Basin. II. The Zooplankton, Bottom Fauna, and Fish. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 318-323. HOFFMANN, C. H. and E. W. SURBER 1945. Effects of an Aerial Application of Wettable DDT on Fish and Fish- Food Organisms in Back Creek, West Virginia. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 48-58. HOFFMANN, C. H. and E. W. SURBER 1949 Effects of an Aerial Application of DDT on Fish and Fish-Food Or- ganisms in Two Pennsylvania Water- sheds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 203-211. HOFFMAN, R. A. 1957. Toxicity of Three Phosphorus In- secticides to Cold Water Game Fish. Mosquito News, vol. 17, No. 3, p. 213. JENSEN, L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN 1964. Effects of Ten Organic Insecti- cides on Two Species of Stonefly Naiads. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 27-34. JENSEN, L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN 1964. Long-term Effects of Organic In- secticides on Two Species of Stonefly Naiads. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 4, pp. 357-363. JONES, B. R. and J. B. MOYLE 1963. Populations of Plankton Animals and Residual Chlorinated Hydro- carbons in Soils of Six Minnesota Ponds Treated for Control of Mos- quito Larvae. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 92, No. 3, pp. 211-215. KATZ, M. 1961. Acute Toxicity of Some Organic Insecticides to Three Species of Sal- monids and to the Threespine Stickle- back. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 264-268. KATZ, M. and G. G. CHADWICK 1961. Toxicity of Endrin to Some Pa- cific Northwest Fishes. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 4, pp. 394-397. LACKEY, J. B. and M. L. STEINLE 1945. Effects of DDT Upon Some Aquatic Organisms, Other than In- sect Larvae. Public Health Reports, No. 7, from Supplement No. 186, pp. 3-12. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1950. Toxicity of Some New Insecti- cides to Several Species of Pond Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 141-146. MACK, G. L. 1964. The DDT Content of Some Fishes and Surface Waters of New York State New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 148-153. 20 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER MOUNT, D. I. 1962. Chronic Effects of Endrin on Bluntnose Minnows and Guppies. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Re- search Report No. 8, pp. 1-38. MOVE, W. C. and W. H. LUCKMANN 1964. Fluctuations in Populations of Certain Aquatic Insects Following Application of Aldrin in Granules to Sugar Creek, Iroquois County, Illi- nois. Journal of Economic Entomol- ogy, vol. 57, No. 3, pp. 318-322. MULLA, M. S. 1960. Some Factors Regulating the Ef- fectiveness of Granular Insecticides in Mosquito Control. Mosquito News, vol. 20, No. 9, pp. 262-267. MULLA, M. S., L. W. ISAAK and H. AXELROD 1963. Field Studies on the Effects of Insecticides on Some Aquatic Wild- life Species. Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 56, No. 2, pp. 184- 188. MUNCY, R. J. and A. D. OLIVER, JR. 1963. Toxicity of Ten Insecticides to the Red Crawfish, Procambarus clarki (Girard). Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 428-431. NICHOLSON, H. P. 1959. Insecticide Pollution of Water Resources. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 51, No. 8, pp. 981-986. PARKHVRST, Z. E. and H. E. JOHNSON 1955. Toxicity of Malatnion 500 to Fall Chinook Salmon Fingerlings. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 113-116. PICKERING, Q. H., C. HENDERSON and A. E. LEMKE 1962. The Toxicity of Organic Phos- phorus Insecticides to Different Spe- cies of Warmwater Fishes. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 2, pp. 175-184. PREMDAS, F. H. and J. M. ANDERSON 1963. The Uptake and Detoxication of C'Mabelled DDT in Atlantic Salmon, Salmo salar. Journal of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 827-837. RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY 1956. Pesticides: Their Use and Tox- icity in Relation to Wildlife. State of California, Department of Fish and Game, Game Management Branch, Game Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209. SCHOENTHAL, N. D. 1963. Some Effects of DDT on Cold- Water Fish and Fish-Food Orga- nisms. Proceedings of the Montana Academy of Sciences, vol. 23, pp. 63-95. TARZWELL, C. M. 1950. Effects of DDT Mosquito Larvi- ciding on Wildlife. V. Effects on Fishes of the Routine Manual and Airplane Application of DDT and Other Mosquito Larvicides. Public Health Reports, vol. 65, No. 8, pp. 231-255. TARZWELL, C. M. and C. HENDERSON 1957. Toxicity of Dieldrin to Fish. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 86, pp. 245-257. WEBB, F. E. 1960. Aerial Forest Spraying in Canada in Relation to Effects on Aquatic Life. Robert A. Taft Sanitary En- gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Tech- nical Report W60-3, pp. 66-70. WEISS, C. M. 1959. Response of Fish to Sub-Lethal Exposures of Organic Phosphorus Insecticides. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 580-593. WEISS, C. M. 1961. Physiological Effect of Organic Phosphorus Insecticides on Several Species of Fish. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 143-152. WEISS, C. M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER 1964. Detection of Pesticides in Water by Biochemical Assay. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253. WELCH, E. B, and J. C. SPINDLER 1964. DDT Persistence and Its Effect on Aquatic Insects and Fish After an Aerial Application. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 10, pp. 1285-1292. YOUNG, L. A. and H. P. NICHOLSON 1951. Stream Pollution Resulting from the Use of Organic Insecticides. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 193-198. 21 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND ITS EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE for Yellow Perch. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 92-101. ALDERDICE, D. F., W. P. WICKETT and J, R. BRETT 1958. Some Effects of Temporary Ex- posure to Low Dissolved Oxygen Levels on Pacific Salmon Eggs. Jour- nal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 229- 249. BASU, S. P. 1959. Active Respiration of Fish in Re- lation to Ambient Concentrations of Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 175-212. BATES, J. M. 1962. The Impact of Impoundment on the Mussel Fauna of Kentucky Res- ervoir, Tennessee River. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 232-236. BEETON, A. M. 1961. Environmental Changes in Lake Erie. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 153-159. BLACK, E. C., F. E. J. FRY and V. BLACK 1954. The Influence of Carbon Dioxide on the Utilization of Oxygen by Some Fresh-Water Fish. Canadian Journal of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 408- 420. BRETT, J. R. 1952. Temperature Tolerance in Young Pacific Salmon, Genus Oncorhynchus. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 265-321. BRIGGS, J. C. 1948. The Quantitative Effects of a Dam Upon the Bottom Fauna of a Small California Stream. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 78, pp. 70-81. BURDICK, G, E., M. LlPSCHUETZ, H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1954. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for Trout and Smallmouth Bass. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 84-97. BVRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1957. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations CAIRNS, J., JR. 1956. Effects of Heat on Fish. Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 180- 183. CAIRNS, J., JR. 1956. Effects of Increased Tempera- tures on Aquatic Organisms. Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 150- 152. CLAUSEN, R. G. 1933. Fish Metabolism Under Increas- ing Temperature. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 63, pp. 215-219. CLAUSEN, R. G. 1936. Oxygen Consumption in Fresh Water Fishes. Ecology, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 216-226. COOPER, A. L. 1960. Lethal Oxygen Concentration for the Northern Common Shiner. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 7, pp. 72-76. COOPER, G. P. and G. N. WASHBURN 1946. Relation of Dissolved Oxygen to Winter Mortality of Fish in Michi- gan Lakes. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 76, pp. 23-33. CORDONE, A. J. and D. W. KELLEY 1961. The Influence of Inorganic Sedi- ment on the Aquatic Life of Streams. California Fish and Game, vol. 47, No. 2, pp. 189-228. DAVISON, R. C., W. P. BREESE, C. E. WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF 1959. Experiments on the Dissolved Oxygen Requirements of Cold-Water Fishes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 8, pp. 950-966. DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD 1949. The Dominating Influence of Fontana Reservoir on Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen in the Little Tennessee River and Its Impound- ments. Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 41-51. 22 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON 1957. Observations on the Influence of the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on Fish and Plankton Populations. Pro- ceedings of the 10th Annual Confer- ence of the Southern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners, pp. 85-91. ELLIS, M. M. 1936. Erosion Silt as a Factor in Aquatic Environments. Ecology, vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 29-42. ELLIS, M. M. 1942. Fresh - Water Impoundments. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 71, pp. 80-93. FRY, F. E. J. 1957. The Aquatic Respiration of Fish. In: Brown, M. E. (ed.), The Physi- ology of Fishes, vol. 1. Metabolism. Academic Press, New York, pp. 1-63. GARDINER, A. J. and G. KING 1922, Respiration Exchange in Fresh Water Fish. Biochemical Journal, vol. 16, pp. 729-735. GIBSON, E. S. and F. E. J. FRY 1954. The Performance of the Lake Trout, Salvelinus namaycush at Various Levels of Temperature and Oxygen Pressure. Canadian Journal of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 252-260. GREENBACK, J. 1945. Limnological Conditions in Ice- Covered Lakes, Especially as Related to Winter Kill in Fish. Ecological Monographs, vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 343- 392. HEATH, W. A. 1958. Cetyl Alcohol for Evaporation Control. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 105, No. 9, pp. 361-362. JOB, S. V. 1955. The Oxygen Consumption of Salvelimis fontinalis. University of Toronto Biological Series, University of Toronto Press, vol. 61, pp. 1-39. JONES, J. R. E. 1952. The Reaction of Fish to Water of Low Oxygen Concentrations. Jour- nal of Experimental Biology, vol. 29, pp. 403-415. KATZ, M., A. PRITCHARD and C. E. WARREN 1959. Ability of Some Salmonids and a Centrarchid to Swim in Water of Re- duced Oxygen Content. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 88, No. 4, pp. 88-95. LABERGE, R. H. 1959. A Critical Problem in Stream Pollution Comes from Thermal Dis- charges. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540. LARIMORE, R. W., W. C. CHILDERS and C. HECKKOTTE 1959. Destruction and Re-establishment of Stream Fish and Invertebrates Affected by Drought. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 88, pp. 261-285. LARIMORE, R. W. and P. W. SMITH 1963. The Fishes of Champaign County, Illinois, as Affected by 60 Years of Stream Changes. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 299-375. Moss, D. D. and D. S. SCOTT 1961. Dissolved-Oxygen Requirements of Three Species of Fish. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 90, No. 4, pp. 377-393. NEEL, J. K. and W. R. ALLEN 1963. The Mussel Fauna of the Upper Cumberland Basin before Its Im- poundment. Malacologia, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 427-459. RICHARDSON, R. E. 1925. Changes in the Small Bottom Fauna of Peoria Lake, 1920-1922, Illinois Natural History Survey Bul- letin, vol. 15, No. 5, pp. 327-388. SHAW, P. A. and J. A. MAGA 1943. The Effect of Mining Silt on Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawning Beds. California Fish and Game, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 29-41. SHEPARD, M. P. 1955. Resistance and Tolerance of Young Speckled Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) to Oxygen Lack, with Spe- cial Reference to Low Oxygen Accli- mation. Journal of the Fisheries Re- search Board of Canada, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 387-446. 23 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT SlLVEY, J. K. G. 1960. Physical, Chemical, and Biologic Effects of Hexadecanol on Lake Hef- ner, 1958. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp. 791-802. SMITH, O. R. 1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela- tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa- cific Coast. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp. 225-230. TAYLOR, C. C. 1951. A Survey of Former Shad Streams in Maine. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Report No. 66, pp. 1-29. TEBO, L. B., JR. 1955. Effects of Siltation, Resulting from Improper Logging on the Bot- tom Fauna of a Small Trout Stream in the Southern Appalachians. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 64-70. VAN OOSTEN, J. 1948. Turbidity as a Factor in the De- cline of Great Lakes Fishes with Spe- cial Reference to Lake Erie. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 281-322. VAN VLIET, R. 1958. Effect of Heated Condenser Dis- charge upon Aquatic Life. The American Society of Mechanical En- gineers, Paper No. 57-PWR-4, pp. 1-10. W ALLEN, I. E. 1951. The Direct Effect of Turbidity on Fishes. Bulletin of the Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College, vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 1-27. WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREEK and R. LASATER 1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid Waters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711. WARD, H. B. 1938. Placer Mining and the Anadrom- ous Fish of the Rogue River. Science, vol. 88, pp. 441-443. WATERS, T. F. 1964. Recolonization of Denuded Stream Bottom Areas by Drift. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 3, pp. 311-315. WHITMORE, C. M., C. E. WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF 1960. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy- gen Concentrations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 89, No. 1, pp. 17-26. WIEBE, A. H. 1933. The Effect of High Concentra- tions of Dissolved Oxygen on Several Species of Pond Fishes. Ohio Jour- nal of Science, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 110-126. WOODBURY, L. A. 1942. A Sudden Mortality of Fishes Accompanying a Supersaturation of Oxygen in Lake Waubesa, Wiscon- sin. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 71, pp. 112- 117. WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN 1958. Comparative Stream Bottom Fauna Studies in fhe Pocono Moun- tains Relative to Floods. Proceedings of the Pennsylvania Academy of Sci- ences, vol. 32, pp. 229-232. WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN 1960. A Biological Method Used in the Evaluation of Effects of Thermal Discharge in the Schuylkill River. Proceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue Univer- sity, Engineering Bulletin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 461-472. RADIOACTIVITY AND ITS EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE CURRY, L. L. 1960. Midge Larvae as Indicators of Radioactive Pollution. Proceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, Engineering Bul- letin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 269-280. DAVIS, J. J. and R. F. FOSTER 1958. Bioaccumulation of Radioisotopes Through Aquatic Food Chains. Ecol- ogy, vol. 39, No. 7, pp. 530-535. DAVIS, J. J. 1965. Accumulation of Radionuclides by Aquatic Insects. In: Biological Prob- 24 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER lems in Water Pollution—Transac- tions of the 1962 Seminar, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No, 999-WP-25, pp. 211- 215. FOSTER, R. F. and R. E. ROSTENBACH 1954. Distribution of Radioisotopes in Columbia River. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 46, No. 7, pp. 633-640. FOSTER, R. F. 1959. The Need for Biological Monitor- ing of Radioactive Waste Streams. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1409-1415. FOSTER, R. W. and D. McCoNNON 1965. Relationships Between the Con- centration of Radionuclides in Colum- bia River Water and Fish. In: Bio- logical Problems in Water Pollution— Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub- lic Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 216-224. HARRIS, E. K. 1959. Estimating the Uptake of Radio- activity in Streams. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 6, pp. 719-728. HENDERSON, C., G. G. ROBECK and R. C. PALANGE 1956. Effects of Low-Level Radioactiv- ity in the Columbia River. Public Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 1, pp. 6-14. HOOFER, F. F., H. A. PODOLIAK and S. F. SNIESZKO 1961. Use of Radioisotopes in Hydro- biology and Fish Culture. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 90, No, 1, pp. 49-57. LIKENS, G. E. and A. D. HASLER 1960. Movement of Radiosodium in a Chemically Stratified Lake. Science, vol. 131, pp. 1676-1677. NELSON, D. J. 1962. Clams as Indicators of Strontium- 90. Science, vol. 137, pp. 38-39. PALANGE, R. C., G. G. ROBECK and C. HENDERSON 1956. Radioactivity in Stream Pollution. Industrial and Engineering Chem- istry, vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1847-1850. STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GIX>YNA 1955. Concentration of Radioactivity in Oxidation Ponds. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941- 956. TSIVOGLOTJ, E. C., E. D. HARWARD and W. M. INGRAM 1957. Stream Surveys for Radioactive Waste Control. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York; Paper No. 57-NESC-21, Second Nu- clear Engineering and Science Con- ference, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pp. 1-12. TsrvoGLOU, E. C., A. F. BARTSCH, D. E. RUSHING and D. A. HOLADAY 1958. Effects of Uranium Ore Refinery Wastes on Receiving Waters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 8, pp. 1012-1027. WATSON, D. G. and J. J. DAVIS 1957. Concentration of Radioisotopes in Columbia River Whitefish in the Vi- cinity of the Hanford Atomic Products Operation. HW-48523 (Del.), pp. 1-133. TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS ALDERDICE, D. F. 1963. Some Effects of Simultaneous Variation in Salinity, Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis- tance of Young Coho Salmon to a Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 525-550. ANDERSON, B. G. 1944. The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari- ous Substances Found in Industrial Wastes as Determined by the Use of Daphnia magnet. Sewage Works Jour- nal, vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 1156-1165. ANDERSON, B. G. 1948. The Apparent Thresholds of Toxicity to Daphnia magna for Chlo- rides of Various Metals when Added to Lake Erie Water. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 96-113. ANGELOVIC, J. W., W. F. SIGLER and J. M. NETJHOLD 1961- Temperature and Fluorosis in 25 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Rainbow Trout. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 33, No, 4, pp. 371- 381. APPLEGATE, V. C., J. H. HOWELL and A. E. HALL, JR. 1957. Toxicity of 4,346 Chemicals to Larval Lampreys and Fishes. U. S. Department of the Interior, Special Scientific Report, Fisheries No. 207, pp. 1-157. APPLEGATE, V. C. and E. L. KING, JR. 1962. Comparative Toxicity of 3-Tri- fluormethyl-4-Nitrophenol (TFM) to Larval Lampreys and Eleven Species of Fishes. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 342-345. AUDUS, L. J. 1964. The Physiology and Biochemistry of Herbicides. Academic Press, Incor- porated, New York, pp. 1-555. BURDICK, G. E., M. LIPSCHUETZ, H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1954. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for Trout and Smallmouth Bass. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 84-97. BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1955. Toxicity of Emulsifiable Rotenone to Various Species of Fish. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 36-67. BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1957. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for Yellow Perch. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 92- 101. BURDICK, G. E. 1957. A Graphical Method for Deriving Threshold Values of Toxicity and the Equation of the Toxicity Curve. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 102-108, BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1958. Toxicity of Cyanide to Brown Trout and Smallmouth Bass. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 133-163. BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J. HARRIS 1964. Toxicity of Aqualin to Fingerling Brown Trout and Bluegills. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 106-114. CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER 1958. The Relationship of Bluegill Sun- fish Body Size to Tolerance for Some Common Chemicals. Proceedings of the 13th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, Engineering Bul- letin, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 243-252. CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER 1963. Environmental Effects upon Cya- nide Toxicity to Fish. Notulae Naturae of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 361, pp. 1-11. CAIRNS, J., JR., A. SCHEIER and N. E. HESS 1964. The Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate on Aquatic Organisms. In- dustrial Water and Wastes, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 22-28. CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER 1964. The Effects of Sublethal Levels of Zinc and of High Temperature Upon the Toxicity of a Detergent to the Sunfish Lepomis Gibbosus (Linn.). Notulae Naturae of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, No. 367, pp, 1-3. CHANIN, G. and R. P. DEMPSTER 1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158. CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES 1954. Toxicity of Brine Water from Oil Wells. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109. COLE, A. E. 1935. Water Pollution Studies in Wis- consin. Effects of Industrial (Pulp and Paper Mill) Wastes on Fish. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 280-302. CRANDALL, C. A. and C. J. GOODNIGHT 1959. The Effect of Various Factors on the Toxicity of Sodium Pentachloro- phenate to Fish. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 53-56. DOOLEY, T. P. and J. CAVIL 1964. Minimum Lethal Concentration of 15 Common Detergents on the Mosquito Minnow (Gambusia affinis). Texas Journal of Science, vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 202-209. 26 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ 1950. Critical Review of Literature on the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and Their Components to Fish: I. Alkalies, Acids and Inorganic Gases. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11, pp. 1432-1458. DOUDOROFF, P. 1951. Biological Observations and Tox- icity Bioassays in the Control of In- dustrial Waste Disposal. Proceedings of the Sixth Industrial Waste Confer- ence, Purdue University, pp. 88-108. DOUDOROFF, P., B. G. ANDERSON, G. E. BURDICK, et al. 1951. Bio-Assay Methods for the Evalu- ation of Acute Toxicity of Industrial Wastes to Fish. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 11, pp. 1380- 1397. DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ 1953. Critical Review of Literature on the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and Their Components to Fish. II. The Metals, as Salts. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 802- 839. DOUDOROFF, P., M. KATZ and C. M. TARZWEIA 1953. Toxicity of Some Organic Insec- ticides to Fish. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 840-844. DOUDOROFF, P. 1956. Some Experiments on the Toxicity of Complex Cyanides to Fish. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 8, pp. 1020-1040. DOWDEN, B. F. 1962. Toxicity of Commercial Waste- Oil Emulsifiers to Daphnia magna. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 34, No. 10, pp. 1010-1014. DOWNING, K. M. and J. C. MERKENS 1955. The Influence of Dissolved-Oxy- gen Concentrations on the Toxicity of Un-ionized Ammonia to Rainbow Trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richard- son). Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 243-246. ELLIS, M. M. 1937. Detection and Measurement of Stream Pollution. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, Bulletin No. 22, pp. 365- 437. ELLIS, M. M., B. A. WESTFALL and M. D. ELLIS 1946. Determination of Water Quality. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Re- search Report No. 9, pp. 1-122. FREEMAN, L. 1953. A Standardized Method for Deter- mining Toxicity for Pure Compounds to Fish. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 845-848. FREEMAN, L and I. FOWLER 1953. Toxicity of Combinations of Cer- tain Inorganic Compounds to Daphnia magna Straus. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp. 1191- 1195. FROMM, P. O. and R. H. SCHIFFMAN 1958. Toxic Action of Hexavalent Chromium on Largemouth Bass. Jour- nal of Wildlife Management, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 40-44. FROMM, P. 0. and R. M. STOKES 1962. Assimilation and Metalobism of Chromium by Trout. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 1151-1155. GAUFIN, A. R., L. JENSEN and T. NELSON 1961. Bio-assays Determine Pesticide Toxicity to Aquatic Invertebrates. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 9, pp. 355-359. GILLETTE, L. A., D. L. MILLER and H. E. REDMAN 1952. Appraisal of a Chemical Waste Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 11, pp. 1397-1401. GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER 1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car- bon-14 Bioassay of Factors Affecting the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake Tahoe, California. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059. GRENIER, F. 1960. A Constant Flow Apparatus for Toxicity Experiments on Fish. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No. 10, pp. 1117-1119. HARP, G. L. and R. S. CAMPBELL 1964. Effects of the Herbicide Silvex on Benthos of a Farm Pond. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 308-317. 27 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT HARRY, H. W. and J. B. SENTURIA 1964. The Effect of Nitrogen, Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide in Producing the Distress Syndrome in Tapkits glabra- tus (Gastropoda, Pulmonata). Bio- logical Bulletin, vol. 127, No. 2, pp. 271-279. HART, W. B., R. F. WESTON and J. G. DEMANN 1945. An Apparatus for Oxygenating Test Solutions in which Fish are Used as Test Animals for Evaluating Tox- icity. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 228-236. HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E. DIMICK 1953. The Lethality of Methyl Mercap- tan to King Salmon as Influenced by Variation of the Volume of Test Solu- tion. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 131-133. HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING 1957. Toxicity of Organic Phosphorus Insecticides to Fish, Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 87, pp. 39-51, HENDERSON, C. and C. M. TARZWELL 1957. Bio-assays for Control of Indus- trial Effluents. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 1002-1017. HENDERSON, C. 1958. Bio-assay of Chemical Wastes Pre- vents Serious Fish Kills. Wastes En- gineering, vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 482-484. HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and C. M. TARZWELL 1959. Relative Toxicity of Ten Chlori- nated Hydrocarbon Insecticides to Four Species of Fish. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 88, No. 1, pp. 23-52. HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and J. M. COHEN 1959. The Toxicity of Synthetic Deter- gents and Soaps to Fish. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 295-306. HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and A. E. LEMKE 1960. The Effect of Some Organic Cya- nides (Nitriles) on Fish. Proceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste Confer- ence, Purdue University, Engineering Bulletin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 120-130. HERBERT, D. W. M. and D. S. SHTJRBEN 1964. The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures of Poisons. I. Salts of Ammonia and Zinc, Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 53, No. 1, pp. 33-41. HERBERT, D. W. M. and J. M. VANDYKE 1964. The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures of Poisons. II. Copper-Ammonia and Zinc-Phenol Mixtures. Annals of Ap- plied Biology, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 415- 421. HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.) 1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfite Waste Liquor on Spring Salmon. State of Washington, Department of Fisheries Research Bulletin, No. 1, pp. 1-111. HOWARD, T. E., H. N. HALVORSON and C. C. WALDEN 1964. Toxicity of Copper Compounds to the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of Schistpsome Dermatitis in Waters of Differing Hardness. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, vol. 79, No. 3, pp. 33-44. HUGHES, J. S. and J. T. DAVIS 1963. Variations in Toxicity to Bluegill Sunfish of Phenoxy Herbicides. Weeds, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 50-53. KNOLL, J. and P. O. FROMM 1960. Accumulation and Elimination of Hexavalent Chromium in Rainbow Trout. Physiological Zoology, vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 1-8. LAMMERING, M. W. and N. C. BURBANK 1960. The Toxicity of Phenol, O-Chlorp- phenol, and 0-Nitrophenol to Bluegill Sunfish. Proceedings of the 15th In- dustrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, Engineering Bulletin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 541-555. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De- partment of Agriculture, Research Service, Handbook No. 231, pp. 1-133. LEMKE, A. E. and D. I. MOUNT 1963. Some Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate on the Bluegill Lepomis macrochirus. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 372-378. LEWIS, W. M. and C. PETERS 1956. Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Tox- icity to Representative Fishes. Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147. 28 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER LLOYD, R. 1961. The Toxicity of Ammonia to Rainbow Trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). The Water and Waste Treatment Journal, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 278-279. MCDONALD, S. 1962. Rapid Detection of Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Insecticides in Aqueous Suspension with Ga.mma.ms lacustris lacustris (Sars). Canadian Journal of Zoology, vol. 40, pp. 719-723. McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF 1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi- tion. The Resources Agency of Cali- fornia. State Water Quality Board, Publication No. 3-A, 1-548. pp. MorNT, D. I. 1964. An Autopsy Technique for Zinc- Caused Fish Mortality. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 2, pp. 174-182. PARKHURST, Z. E. and H. E. JOHNSON 1955. Toxicity of Malathion 500 to Fall Chinook Salmon Fingerlings. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 113-116. PATTERSON, R. S. and D. L. VON WlNDEGUTH 1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some Aquatic Organisms. Mosquito News, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49. SAILA, S. B. 1953. Bio-assay Procedures for the Evaluation of Fish Toxicities with Particular Reference to Rotenone. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 83, pp. 104-114. SKULBERG, O. 1964. Algal Problems Related to the Eutrophication of European Water Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pollu- tion on Inland Waters. In: Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 262-299. SNOW, J. R. 1963. Simazine as an Algicide for Bass Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 34-36. SPRAGUE, J. B. 1964. Avoidance of Copper-Zinc Solu- tions by Young Salmon in the Labora- tory. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 990-1004. SPRAGUE, J. B. and B. A. RAMSAY 1965. Lethal Levels of Mixed Copper- Zinc Solutions for Juvenile Salmon. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 425-432. SFRINGEK, P. F. 1957. Effects of Herbicides and Fungi- cides on Wildlife. North Carolina Pesticide Manual. North Carolina State College, Raleigh, North Caro- lina, pp. 87-106. SPROUL, 0. J. and D. W. RYCKMAN 1963. Significant Physiological Charac- teristics of Organic Pollutants. Jour- nal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1136- 1145. ST. AMANT, J. A., W. C. JOHNSON and M. J. WHALLS 1964. Aqualin as a Fish Toxicant. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 26, No. 2, pp. 84-88. SURBER, E. W. and Q. H. PICKERING 1962. Acute Toxicity of Endothal, Di- quat, Hyamine, Dalapon, and Silvex to Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 24, No. 4, pp. 164-171. SURBER, E. W. and T. 0. THATCHER 1963. Laboratory Studies of the Effects of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate (ABS) on Aquatic Invertebrates. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 152-160. TARZWELL, C. M. 1958. The Toxicity of Some Organic In- secticides to Fishes. Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners, pp. 233-239. TRAMA, F. B. and R. J. BENOIT 1960. Toxicity of Hexavalent Chromium to Bluegills. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No. 8, pp. 868-877. WALKER, C. R. 1963. Endothal Derivatives as Aquatic Herbicides in Fishery Habitats. Weeds, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 226-232. WALKER, C. R. 1964. Toxicological Effects of Herbi- 29 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT cides on the Fish Environment. Part I. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 11] No. 3, pp. 113-116. WALKER, C. R. 1964. Toxicological Effects of Herbi- cides on the Fish Environment. Part II. Water and Sewage Works, vol. Ill, No. 4, pp. 173-175. WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREEK and R. LASATER 1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid Waters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711. WEISS, C. M. 1955. A Constant Temperature Tank for Fish Bioassay Aquaria. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 12, pp. 1399-1401. WEISS, C. M. and J. L. BOTTS 1957. Factors Affecting the Response of Fish to Toxic Materials. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 7, pp. 810-818. WEISS, C. M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER 1964. Detection of Pesticides in Water by Biochemical Assay. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253. TECHNIQUES ANDERSON, R. 0. 1959. A Modified Flotation Technique for Sorting Bottom Fauna Samples. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 223-225. BAYLESS, J. R. and H. H. GERSTEIN 1929. Micro-Organisms in the Lake Michigan Water at Chicago, Their Effect on Filtration and Method for Counting. Municipal News and Water Works, vol. 76, pp. 291-296. BICK, H. 1963. A Review of Central European Methods for the Biological Estima- tion of Water Pollution Levels. Bul- letin of the World Health Organiza- tion, No. 29, pp. 401^113. CHANG, S. L, 1960. Proposed Method for Examina- tion of Water for Free-Living Nema- todes. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp. 695-698. CLARK, W. J. and W. E. SIGLER 1963. Method of Concentrating Phyto- plankton Samples Using Membrane Filters. Limnology and Oceanogra- phy, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 127-129. COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY 1948. An Automatic Proportioning Ap- paratus for Experimental Study of the Effects of Chemical Solutions on Aquatic Animals. Science, vol. 107. pp. 576-577. COPE, O. B. 1960. Collection and Preservation of Fish and Other Materials Exposed to Pesticides. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 22, No. 3, pp.103-108. COWELL, B. C. 1960. A Quantitative Study of the Win- ter Plankton of UrscheFs Quarry. The Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 60, No. 3. pp. 183-191. CUMMINS, K. W. 1962. An Evaluation of Some Tech- niques for the Collection and Analysis of Benthic Samples with Special Em- phasis on Lotic Waters. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 477-504. DAMANN, K. E. 1950. A Simplified Plankton Counting Method. Transactions of the Illinois Academy of Sciences, vol. 43, pp. 53-60. EDMUNDS, G. F. 1963. A Method for Obtaining Intersti- tial Water from Shallow Aquatic Sub- strates and Determining the Oxygen Concentration. Ecology, vol. 44, No. 1, pp. 191-193. FJERDINGSTAD, E. 1965. Some Remarks on a New Saprobic System. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232- 235. FREMLING, C. R. and J. J. EVANS 1963. A Method for Determining the 30 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER Dissolved-Oxygen Concentration near the Mud-Water Interface. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 363-364. GRENIER, F. 1960. A Constant Flow Apparatus for Toxicity Experiments on Fish. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No. 10, pp. 1117-1119. GRZENDA, A. R. and M. L. BREHMBR 1960. A Quantitative Method for the Collection and Measurement of Stream Periphyton. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 190- 194. GUYER, G. and R. HUTSON 1955. A Comparison of Sampling Tech- niques Utilized in an Ecological Study of Aquatic Insects. Journal of Eco- nomic Entomology, vol. 48, No. 6, pp. 662-665. HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING 1963. Use of Fish in the Detection of Contaminants in Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 55, No. 6, pp. 715— 720. HOOPER, F. F., H. A. PODOLIAK and S. F. SNIESZKO 1961. Use of Radioisotopes in Hydro- biology and Fish Culture, Transac- tions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 1, pp. 49-57. INGRAM, W. M. and C. M. PALMER 1952. Simplified Procedures for Collect- ing, Examining, and Recording Plank- ton in Water. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 44, No. 7, pp. 617-624. JACKSON, H. W. and L. G. WILLIAMS 1962. Calibration and Use of Certain Plankton Counting Equipment. Transactions of the American Micro- scopical Society, vol. 81, No. 1, pp. 96-103. KING, D. L. and R. C. BALL 1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure of Stream Pollution. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 650-653. KOCH, L. F. 1957. Index of Biotic Dispersity. Ecol- ogy, vol. 38, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 145-148. KUTKUHN, J. H. 1958. Notes on the Precision of Numeri- cal and Volumetric Plankton Esti- mates from Small-Sample Concen- trates. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83. LACKEY, J, B. 1938. The Manipulation and Counting of River Plankton and Changes in Some Organisms Due to Formalin Preservation. Public Health Reports, vol. 53, No. 47, pp. 2080-2093. LAMMERS, W. T. 1962. Density Gradient Separation of Plankton and Clay from River Water. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 224-229. LANGELIER, W. F. 1928. The Quantitative Examination of Plankton. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 408-415. LUND, J. W. G. and J. F. TALLING 1957. Botanical Limnological Methods with Special Reference to the Algae. Botanical Review, vol. 23, No. 849, pp. 489-583. LUND, J. W. G. 1959. A Simple Counting Chamber for Nannoplankton. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 57-65. McKEOWN, J. J. 1963. The Control of Sphaerotilus natans. Part 1. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 19-22. McKEOWN, J. J. 1963. The Control of Sphaerotilus natans. Part. 2. Intermittent Dis- charge of Strong Wastes. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 30-33. MCNABB, C. D. 1960. Enumeration of Freshwater Phytoplankton Concentrated on the Membrane Filter. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No, 1, pp. 57-61. MOORE, E. W. 1952. The Precision of Microscopic Counts of Plankton in Water. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 208-216. NORTHCOTE, T. G. 1964. Use of a High-Frequency Echo 31 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Sounder to Record Distribution and Migration of Chaoborus Larvae. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 87-91. ' OLSON, T. A. 1936. Microscopic Methods Used in Biological Investigations of Lake and Stream Pollution, and Interpretation of Results. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 759-765. PALMER, C. M. and T. E. MALONEY 1954. A New Counting Slide for Nanno- plankton. American Society of Limn- ology and Oceanography, Publication No. 21, pp. 1-6. PARSONS, T. R. and J. D. H. STRICK- LAND 1963. Discussion of Spectrophotometric Determination of Marine-Plant Pig- ments, with Revised Equations for As- certaining Chlorophylls and Carote- noids. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No, 3, pp. 155-163. PETERSON, A. 1953. A Manual of Entomological Tech- niques. Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, 367 pp. PWNGSHEIM, E. G. 1964. Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner Publishing Company, New York, 119 pp. PURDY, W. C. 1935. Algae and Their Enumeration. 15th Annual Ohio Conference on Water Purification, pp. 43-47. RICHARDS, F. A. with T. G. THOMPSON 1952. The Estimation and Characteriza- tion of Plankton Populations by Pig- ment Analysis. II. A Spectrophoto- metric Method for the Estimation of Plankton Pigments. Journal of Ma- rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 156- 175. SLADECKOVA, A. 1962. Limnological Investigation Meth- ods for the Periphyton (Aufwuchs) Community. Botanical Review, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 286-350, TUCKER, A. 1949. Pigment Extraction as a Method of Quantitative Analysis of Phyto- planktpn. Transactions of the Ameri- can Microscopical Society, vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 21-23. WILSON, J. N., R. A. WAGNER, G. L. TOOMBS and A. E. BECHER, JR. 1960. Methods for the Determination of Slimes in Rivers. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 83-89. ZURBUCH, P. E. 1963, Dissolving Limestone from Re- volving Drums in Flowing Water. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 173- 177. SAMPLERS COOKE, W. B. 1956. Colonization of Artificial Bare Areas by Micro-organisms, The Bo- tanical Review, vol. 22, No. 9, pp. 613- 638. GLEASON, G. R. and F, G. GOFF 1963. A Multi-Level Water Sampler. Progressive "Fish Culturist, vol. 25, No. 2, pp. 104-105. GRZENDA, A. R. and L. BREHMER 1960. A Quantitative Method for the Collection and Measurement of Stream Periphyton. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 190-194. GUYER, G. and R. HUTSON 1955. A Comparison of Sampling Tech- niques Utilized in an Ecological Study of Aquatic Insects. Journal of Eco- nomic Entomology, vol. 48, No. 6, pp. 662-665. HESTER, F. E. and J. S. DENDY 1962. A Multiple-Plate Sampler for Aquatic Macroinvertebrates. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 420-421. MAClNTYRE, R. J. 1964. A Box Dredge for Quantitative Sampling of Benthic Organisms. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 460-461. NEEDHAM, P. R. and R. L. USINGER 1956. Variability in the Macrofauna of a Single Riffle in Prosser Creek, Cali- fornia, as Indicated by the Surber Sampler. Hilgardia, vol. 24, No. 14, pp, 383-409. PATRICK, R., M. H. HOHN and J. H. WAIXACE 32 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER 1954, A New Method for Determining the Pattern of the Diatom Flora. Notulae Naturae, Academy of Nat- ural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 259, pp. 1-12. QADRI, S. V. 1960. A Small Drag Net for Capture of Bottom Fish and Invertebrates. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 90-91. SLADECKOVA, A. 1962. Limnological Investigation Meth- ods for the Periphyton (Aufwuchs) Community. Botanical Review, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 286-350. THOMAS, M. L. H. 1960. A Modified Anchor Dredge for Collecting Burrowing Animals. Jour- nal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 591-594. TINDALL, D. R. and W. L. MINCKLEY 1964. An Integrated Application of Three Kinds of Sampling Techniques to Stream Limnology. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 270- 274. USINGER, R. L. and P. R. NEEDHAM 1956. A Drag-Type Riffle-Bottom Samp- ler. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 42-44. WALKER, C. R. 1955. A Core Sampler for Obtaining Samples of Bottom Muds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3, p. 140. CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC LIFE ANON. 1955. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. First Progress Report, Aquatic Life Advis- ory Committee of the Ohio River Val- ley Water Sanitation Commission. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 321-331. ANON. 1956. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. Sec- ond Progress Report, Aquatic Life Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 5, pp. 678-690. ANON. 1960. Aquatic Life Water Quality Cri- teria. Third Progress Report, Journal of the Water Pollution Control Fed- eration, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 65-82. BENNFTT, G. W. 1965. The Environmental Requirements of Centrarchids with Special Refer- ence to Largemouth Bass. In: Biolog- ical Problems in Water Pollution— Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub- lic Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 156-159. BULLARD, W. E. 1965. Role of Watershed Management in the Maintenance of Suitable Environ- ments for Aquatic Life. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 265-269. CAIRNS, J., JR. 1965. The Environmental Requirements of Fresh Water Protozoa. In: Biolog- ical Problems in Water Pollution— Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999- WP-25, pp. 48-52. CURRY, L. L. 1965. A Survey of Environmental Re- quirements for the Midge (Diptera: Tendipedidae). In: Biological Prob- lems in Water Pollution—Transac- tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 127-140. DOUDOROFF, P. and C. E. WARREN 1965. Dissolved Oxygen Requirements of Fishes. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 145- 155. GAUFIN, A. R. 1965. Environmental Requirements of Plecoptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- 33 ------- WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No, 999-WP-25, pp. 105-110. HlTET, M. 1965. Water Quality Criteria for Fish Life. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 160- 167. JACOBS, H. L., I. N. GABRIELSON, R. K. HORTON, W. A. LYON, E. C. HUBBARD and G. E. McCALLUM 1965. Water Quality Criteria—Stream Vs. Effluent Standards. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 292-315. LEONARD, J. W. 1965. Environmental Requirements of Ephemeroptera. In: Biological Prob- lems in Water Pollution—Transac- tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 110-117. McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF 1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi- tion. The Resources Agency of Cali- fornia, State Water Quality Board, Publication No. 3-A, pp. 1-548. ROBACK, S. S. 1965. Environmental Requirements of Trichoptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 118-126. SILVER, S. J., C. E. WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF 1963. Dissolved Oxygen Requirements of Developing Steelhead Trout and Chinook Salmon Embryos at Different Water Velocities. Transactions of the American Fisheries Societv, vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 327-343. SINCLAIR, R. M. J964. Water Quality Requirements for Elmid Beetles, with Larval and Adult Keys to the Eastern Genera. Tennes- see Department of Public Health, pp. 1-14. THOMPSON, D. H. 1925. Some Observations on the Oxygen Requirements of Fishes in the Illinois River. Illinois Natural History Sur- vey, Bulletin 15, No. 7, pp. 423-437. WHITWORTH, W. R. and W, H. IRWIN 1961. The Minimum Oxygen Require- ments of Five Species of Fish under Quiescent Conditions. Proceedings of the loth Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of the Game and Fish Commissioners, pp. 226—235. INDUSTRIAL WASTES GENERAL REFERENCES ANDERSON, B. G. 1944. The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari- ous Substances Found in Industrial Wastes as Determined by the Use of Daphnia magna. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 1156- 1165. ANDERSON, B. G. 1948. The Apparent Thresholds of Tox- icity to Daphnia, magna for Chlorides of Various Metals when Added to Lake Erie Water. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 96-113. BEAK, T. W. 1959. Biological Survey of the St. Clair River. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No. 5, pp. 107-109. CAWLEY, W. A. 1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance in Streams. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182. CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER 1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158. COLE, V. W. 1957. Lime Treatment of Lake Reduces Acid Mine Waste Pollution. Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 100-103. COLMER, A. A. 1962. Relation of the Iron Oxidizer, Thiobacillus ferro-oxidans, to Thio- sulphate. Journal of Bacteriology, vol. 83, pp. 761-765. DAVIS, C. C. 1955. Plankton and Industrial Pollution 34 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER in Cleveland Harbor. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 7, pp. 835-850. DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ 1950. Critical Review of Literature on the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and Their Components to Fish. I. Alkalies, Acids, and Inorganic Gases. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11, pp. 1432-1458. DUNSTAN, G. H. and L. L. SMITH 1960. Experimental Operation of Indus- trial Waste Stabilization Ponds. Pub- lic Works, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 9S-95. GILLETTE, L. A., D. L, MILLER and H. E. REDMAN 1952. Appraisal of a Chemical Waste Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests. Sew- age Works Journal, vol. 24, No. 11, pp. 1397-1401. HAWKES, H. A. 1963. Effects of Domestic and Industrial Discharge on the Ecology of Riffles in Midland Streams. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 565-586. LACKEY, J. B. 1938. Flora and Fauna of Surface WTaters Polluted by Acid Mine Drain- age. Public Health Reports, vol. 53, pp. 1499-1507. LACKEY, J. B. 1939. Aquatic Life in Waters Polluted by Acid Mine Waste. Public Health Reports, vol. 54, pp. 740-746. MKHSEN, J. J. 1953. Microbiological Study of Acid Mine Waters: Preliminary Report. Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 123-127. OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L. TRESSLER 1941. Studies of the Effects of Industrial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area, 1: Curtis Bay Region, 1941. Board of Natural Resources, State of Maryland Department of Re- search and Education, Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Publication No, 43, pp. 1-40, PARSONS, J. W. 1952. A Biological Approach to the Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol- lution. Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Sciences, vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 304-309. COOLING WATER AGERSBORG, H. F. K. 1930. The Influence of Temperature on Fish. Ecology, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 136- 144. ARNOLD, G. E. 1962. Thermal Pollution of Surface Sup- plies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 54, No. 11, pp. 1332-1346. BRETT, J. R. 1944. Some Lethal Temperature Rela- tions of Algonquin Park Fishes. On- tario Fisheries Research Laboratory, Publication No. 52, pp. 1-49. BRETT, J. R. 1956. Some Principles in the Thermal Requirements of Fishes. Quarterly Review of Biology, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 75-87. COUTANT, C. C. 1963. The Effect of a Heated Water Effluent Upon the Macroinvertebrate Riffle Fauna of the Delaware River. Proceedings of the Pennsylvania Academy of Sciences, vol. 36, pp. 58-71. DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON 1957. Observations on the Influence of the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on Fish and Plankton Populations. In: Proceedings of the 10th Annual Con- ference of the Southeastern Associa- tion of Game and Fish Commissioners, pp. 85-91. HOAK, R. D. 1961. The Thermal Pollution Problem. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 12, pp. 1267-1276. LABERGE, R. H. 1959. A Critical Problem in Stream Pol- lution Comes from Thermal Dis- charges. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540. MARKOWSKI, S. 1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta- ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT tions. A New Factor in the Environ- ment of Marine and Freshwater In- vertebrates. Journal of Animal Ecol- ogy, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258. MARKOWSKI, S. 1960. Observations on the Response of Some Benthonic Organisms to Power Station Cooling Water. Journal of Animal Ecology, vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 349-357. SPRAGUE, J. B. 1963. Resistance of Four Freshwater Crustaceans to Lethal High Tempera- ture and Low Oxygen. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 387-415. TREMBLEY, F. J. 1965. Effects of Cooling Water from Steam-Condenser Power Plants on Stream Biota. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 334-345. VAN VLIET, R. 1958. Effect of Heated Condenser Dis- charge Upon Aquatic Life. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Paper No. 57, PWR-4, pp. 1-10. FOOD, DRUGS, AND FERMENTATION INGOLS, R. S. 1960. Studies on the Toxicity and De- composition of Fluosilicic Acid. Jour- nal of the American Water Works As- sociation, vol. 52, No. 7, pp. 927-929. KELLING, E. E. 1963. Minnow Population of Grimes Creek in Relation to Pollution. Pro- ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sci- ences, vol. 70, pp. 236-239. LACKEY, J. B., W. T. CALAWAY and G. B. MORGAN 1956. Biological Purification of Citrus Wastes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546. LUNSFORD, J. V. 1957. Effect of Cannery Waste Removal on Stream Conditions. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 428-431. MALONEY, T, E., H. F. LUDWIG, J. A. HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK 1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabili- zation Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32, No. 12, pp. 1283-1299. SANBORN, N. H. 1941. Nitrate Treatment of Cannery Waste. Fruit Products Journal, vol. 20, pp. 207, 215, 221. SANBORN, N. H. 1945. The Lethal Effect of Certain Chemicals to Fish. Canning Trade, vol. 67, No. 49, pp. 10, 12, 26. SHAW, P. A. 1937. Pollution of the Mokelumne River by Winery Wastes. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 599-606. WALKER, C. L., et al. 1923. Studies on the Treatment and Dis- posal of Dairy Wastes. Effects on Fish Life. Cornell University Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Bul- letin 425, pp. 1-171. WISNIEWSKI, T. F. 1948. The Chemistry and Biology of Milk Waste Disposal. Journal of Milk and Food Technology, vol. 11, No. 5, pp. 293-300. METALS AND MANUFACTURING ALLEN, L. A., N. BLEZARD and A. B. WHEATLAND 1948. Formation of Cyanogen Chloride During Chlorination of Certain Liquids—Toxicity of Such Liquids to Fish. Journal of Hygiene, vol. 46, pp. 184-193. CARPENTER, K. E. 1925. On the Biological Factors In- volved in the Destruction of River- Fisheries by Pollution Due to Lead- Mining. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 1-13. CARPENTER, K. E. 1926. The Lead Mine as an Active Agent in River Pollution. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 395-401. 36 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER CAWUSY, W. A. and C. C. WELLS, JR. 1959. Lagoon System for Chemical Cel- lulose. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No. 5, pp. 37-39. CORCORAN, A. N. 1950, Treatment of Cyanide Wastes from the Electroplating Industry. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 228-238, DAVIS, C. C. 1948 Studies of the Effects of Indus- trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area, 2: The Effect of Copperas Pollution on Plankton. Board of Na- tural Resources, Department of Re- search and Education, Chesapeake Biology Laboratory, University of Maryland, Publication No. 72, "P- 3-12. DECANI, J. B. 1943. Studies of the Toxicity of Am- munition Plant Waste to Fishes. Transactions of the American *isn- eries Society, vol. 73, pr>. 45-51. DOBSON, J. G. 1947. Disposal of Cyanide Wastes. Metal Finishing, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 78-81; No. 3, pp. 68-71. DODGE, B. F. and D. C. REAMS 1949. Disposal of Plating Room Wastes. American Electroplating Society, Re- search Report Serial No. 14, Jenkm- town, Pa., pp. 1-48. DOVDOKOFF, P. 1956. Some Experiments on the Toxicity of Complex Cyanides to Fish. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 8, pp. 1020-1040. GOLLMAN, H. A. 1947 Industrial Wastes. Coke and Gas Industry. Industrial Engineering Chemistry, vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 596-601. GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON 1963. Some Effects of Smelter Pollution Upon Aquatic Vegetation Near Sud- bury, Ontario. Canadian Journal or Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378. GRINDLEY, J. 1945 Treatment and Disposal of Waste Waters Containing Chromate. Jour- nal of the Society of the Chemical In- dustry, vol. 64, pp. 339-344. HlGGINS, E, 1933 Mine Pollution in Coeur d' Alene District in Idaho. Progress in Bio- logical Inquiries 1932. Appendix II to Report. Commissioner of Fish- eries for Fiscal Year 1933, p. 143. JONES, J. R. E. 1940. The Fauna of the River Melindwr, a Lead-Polluted Tributary of the River Rheidol, in North Cardigan- shire, Wales. Journal of Animal Ecology, vol. 9, pp. 188-201. JONES, J- R. E. 1940. A Study of the Zinc-Polluted River Ystwyth, in North Cardigan- shire, Wales. Annals of Applied Biol- ogy, vol. 27, pp. 368-378. KLASSEN, C. W., W. A. HASFTJRTHER and M. K. YOUNG 1949. The Toxicity of Hexavalent Chromium to Sunfish and Bluegills. Proceedings of the Fourth Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue Univer- sity, Engineering Bulletin. Extension Series No. 68, pp. 229-237. KROMBACH, H. and J. BAKTHEL 1963. Investigation of a Small Water- course Accidentally Polluted by Phenol Compounds. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 39-46, KRTJMHOLZ, L. A., and W. L. MINCKLEY 1964. Changes in the Fish Population in the Upper Ohio River Following Temporary Pollution Abatement. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 1-5. LAURIE, R. D. and J. R. E. JONES 1938. The Faunistic Recovery of a Lead Polluted River in North Cardigan- shire, Wales. Journal of Animal Ecology, vol. 7, pp. 272-286. LEWIS, W. M. and C. PETERS 1956. Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Toxicity to Representative Fishes. Industrial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147. MALANEY, G. W., W. D. SHEETS and R, QUILLIN 1959. Toxic Effects of Metallic Ions on Sewage Micro-organisms. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp. 1309-1315. 37 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT NEWTON, L. 1944. Pollution of the Rivers of West Wales by Lead and Zinc Mine Efflu- ent. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 1-11. OEMING, L. F. 1946. Stream Pollution Problems of the Electroplating Industry- Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 678-685. PARSONS, J. W. 1952. A Biological Approach to the Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol- lution. Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Science, vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 304-309. PAUTZKE, C. F. 1937. Studies on the Effect of Coal Washings on Steelheads and Cut- throat Trout. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 67, pp. 232-233. SHAW, P. A. and J, A. MAGA 1943. The Effects of Mining Silt on Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawning Beds. California Fish and Game, vol. 9t No. 1, pp. 29-41. SHEETS, W. D. 1957. Toxicity Studies of Metal-Finish- ing Wastes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 12, pp. 1380- 1384. SMITH, O. R. 1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela- tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa- cific Coast. Transactions of the Amer- ican Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp. 225-230. SMITH, R. T. 1938. Cyanide Bearing Ore Mill Refuse as a Menace to Fish Life. Science, vol. 87, pp. 552-553. SOUTHGATE, B. A. 1933. Coke Oven Effluents. Investiga- tions of Their Toxicity. Gas Journal, vol. 202, pp. 216-218. SPRAGUE, J. D. and W. V. CARSON 1964. Changes in Mining Pollution of the Northwest Mirimichi River from June 30, 1960 to the End of 1963. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological Station, St. Andrews, New Brunswick. General Series Circular No. 42, pp. 1-4. StFRBER, E. W. 1959. Cricotopus bicinctus, a Midgefly Resistant to Electroplating Wastes. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, pp. 111- 116. TUPHOLME, C. H. S. 1933. Death of Fish from Cyanides in Coke-Oven Effluents. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, News Edi- tion, vol. 11, No. 14, p. 211. TURNER, W. R. 1958. The Effects of Acid Mine Pollu- tion on the Fish Population of Goose Creek, Clay County, Kentucky. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 45-46. WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREER and R. LABATER 1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid Waters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711. WARD, H. B. 1938. Placer Mining and the Anadro- mous Fish of the Rogue River. Sci- ence, vol. 88. pp. 441^443. WASHBURN, G. N. 1948. The Toxicity to Warm Water Fishes of Certain Cyanide Plating and Carburizing Salts Before and After Treatment by the Alkali-Chlori- nation Method. Sewage Works Jour- nal, vol. 20, No. 6, pp. 1074-1083. WISE, W. S., B. F. DODGE and H. BLISS 1947. Industrial Wastes. Brass and Cop- per Industry. Industrial and Engi- neering Chemistry, vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 632-636. PETROLEUM CHIPMAN, R. K. 1959. Studies of Tolerance of Certain Freshwater Fishes to Brine Water from Oil Wells. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 299-302. CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES 1954. Toxicity of Brine Water from Oil Wells. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109. 38 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER CLEMENS, H. P. and J. C. FINNELL 1956. Biological Conditions in a Stream Receiving Refinery Effluents. Texas Journal of Science, vol. 8, No. 12, pp. 392-398. COPELAND, B. J., K. W. MlNTER and T. C. DORRIS 1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or- ganic Matter in Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Ponds. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 500- 506. DOUGLAS, N. H. and W. H. IRWIN 1963. Relative Resistance of Fish to Petroleum Refinery Wastes. Part 3. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 22-25. EDMISON, M. T. 1959. Mobile Laboratory for Assaying Refinery Wastes. Industrial and En- gineering Chemistry, vol. 51, No. 8, pp. 69A-70A. ENGLISH, J. N., G. N. MCDERMOTT and C. HENDERSON 1963. Pollutional Effects of Outboard Motor Exhaust—Laboratory Studies. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1121-1132. GOULD, W. R. and T. C. DORRIS 1961. Toxicity Changes of Stored Oil Refinery Effluents. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 33, No. 10, pp. 1107-1111. LUDZACK, F. J., W. M. INGRAM and M. B. ETTINGER 1957. Characteristics of a Stream Com- posed of Oil Refinery and Activated Sludge Effluents. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 10, pp. 1177-1189. McCLINTOCK, J. H. 1959. Evaluate Pollution Control This Way. Petroleum Refiner, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 201-206. MILLER, J. E. and G. F. ULLRICH 1956. Goldfish are Good Sanitary Inspec- tors. Petroleum Engineering, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. C9-12. TAGATZ, M. E. 1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and Toxicity of Petroleum Products to Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake Science, vol. 2, No. 1-2, pp. 65-71. TUBE, R. A. and T. C. DORRIS 1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Pond Series. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 121-134. TURNBULL, H., J. G. DEMANN and R. F. WESTON 1954. Toxicity of Various Refinery Materials to Fresh Water Fish. In- dustrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 324-333. WIEBE, A. H., J. G. BURR and H. E. FAUBION 1934. The Problem of Stream Pollution in Texas with Special Reference to Salt Water from Oil Fields. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 64, pp. 81-85. WIEBE, A. H. 1935. The Effect of Crude Oil on Fresh- water Fish, Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 64, pp. 324-350. PULP, PAPER, AND TEXTILES ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT 1957. Some Effects of Kraft Mill Efflu- ent on Young Pacific Salmon. Jour- nal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 14, pp. 783-795. AMBERG, H. R. and R. ELDER 1956. Intermittent Discharge of Spent Sulfite Liquor. Journal of the Sani- tary Engineering Division, Proceed- ings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Proceedings Paper 929, pp. 1-14. AMBERG, H. R., J. F. MCCORMACK and M. R. RIVERS 1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter- mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite Liquor. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45, pp. 770-779. BALDWIN, R. E., D. H. STRONG and J. H. TORRIE 1961. Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken from Four Fresh-water Sources. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 175- 180. 39 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT BEAK, T. W. 1963. Water Pollution of the Pulp and Paper Industry. , Pulp and Paper Magazine of Canada, vol. 64, pp. 527- 531. BLOSSER, R. O, 1960. Oxidation Lagoons. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 43, No. 5, pp. 454-458. COLE, A. E. 1935. Water Pollution Studies in Wis- consin. Effects of Industrial (Pulp and Paper Mill) Wastes on Fish. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 280-302. COOKE, W. B. 1963. Fungi Associated with Spent Sul- fite Liquor Disposal in a Natural Sand Bed. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46, pp. 573-578. CORMACK, J. F. and H. R. AM BERG 1959. The Effect of Biological Treat- ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the Growth of Sphaerotilus natans. Pro- ceedings of the 14th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 16-25. EXTROM, J. A. and D. S. FARNER 1943. Effect of Sulfate Wastes on Fish Life. Paper Trade Journal, vol. 117, pp. 27-32. FUJIYA, M. 1961. Effects of Kraft Pulp Mill Wastes on Fish. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 33, No. 9, pp. 968-977. GOODNIGHT, C. J. 1942. Toxicity of Sodium Pentachloro- phenate and Pentachlorophenol to Fish. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 868-872. HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E. DIMICK 1952. The Effects of Kraft Mill Waste Components on Certain Salmonid Fishes of the Pacific Northwest, Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 35, No. 12, pp. 545-549. HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.) 1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfate Waste Liquor on Young Salmon. State of Washington, Department of Fisheries, Research Bulletin, No. 1, pp. 1—111. JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E. BOND and P. DOUDOROFF 1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1403-1413. MALONEY, T. E. 1959. Utilization of Sugars in Spent Sulfite Liquor by a Green Alga, Chlorococcum macrostigmatum. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1395-1400. MALONEY, T. E. and E. L. ROBINSON 1961. Growth and Respiration of a Green Alga in Spent Sulfite Liquor. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 44, No. 2, pp. 137-141. NIGHTINGALE, H. W. and V. LOSSANOFF 1928. The Effects of Waste Sulphite Liquor on the Early Stages of the Chinook Salmon, and Means of Pre- vention by Disposal Methods. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 58, pp. 232-238; (discus- sion, pp. 238-244). SMITH, L. L., JR., R. H. CRAMER and J. C. MACLEOD 1965. Effects of Pulpwood Fibers on Fathead Minnows and Walleye Fin- gerlings. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 1, pp. 130-140. VAN HORN, W. M. 1949. A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes in Relation to the Aquatic Environ- ment. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 49-55. VAN HORN, W. M., J. B. ANDERSON and M. KATZ 1949. The Effect of Kraft Pulp Mill Wastes on Some Aquatic Organisms. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 79, pp. 55-63. VAN HORN, W. M. and R. BALCH 1955. Stream Pollutional Asnects of Slime Control Asrents. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper In- dustry, vol. 38, pp. 151-153. 40 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER WESTFALL, B. A. 1950. Stream Pollution Hazards of Wood Pulp Mill Effluents. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Leaflet, No. 174, pp. 1-8. WHITNEY, A. N. and J. C. SPINDLEK 1959. Effects of Kraft Paper Wastes on a Montana Stream. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, p. 153. WILSON, J. N. 1953. Effect of Kraft Mill Wastes on Stream Bottom Fauna. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp. 1210-1218. WOODWARD, F. E., O. J. SPROUL and P. F. ATKINS, JR. 1964. The Biological Degradation of Lignin from Pulp Mill Black Liquor. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp. 1401-1410. ORGANISM IDENTIFICATION GENERAL REFERENCES EDDY, S. and A. C, HODSON 1955. Taxonomic Keys to the Common Animals of the North Central States, Exclusive of the Parasitic Worms, Insects, and Birds. Burgess Publish- ing Company, Minneapolis, Minne- sota, 141 pp. GARNETT, W. J. 1953. Freshwater Microscopy. Constable and Company, Ltd., 10—12 Orange St., London, 300 pp. MORGAN, A. H. 1930. Fieldbook of Ponds and Streams. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 448 PP. NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. R. NEEDHAM 1962. A Guide to the Study of Fresh- Water Biology. Fifth Edition. Holden- Day, Inc., San Francisco, 89 pp. PENNAK, R. W. 1953. Fresh-Water Invertebrates of the United States. The Ronald Press Company, New York, 769 pp. WARD, H. B. and G. C. WHIFFLE (Edited by W. T. Edmondson) 1959. Fresh Water Biology. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1,248 pp. INSECTS BERNER, L. 1950. The Mayflies of Florida. Univer- sity of Florida Press, Gainesville, 267 pp. BURKS, B. D. 1953. The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey, vol. 26, 216 pp. CHU, H. F. 1949. How to Know the Immature In- sects. Wm. C. Brown Company, Du- buque, Iowa, 234 pp. COMSTOCK, J. H. 1940. An Introduction to Entomology. Comstock Publishing Company, Itha- ca, New York. 1,083 pp. EDMONDS, G. F., R. K. ALLEN and W. L. PETERS 1963. An Annotated Key to the Nymphs of the Families and Sub-families of Mayflies {Ephemeroptera). Univer- sity of Utah Biological Series 13, No. 1, pp. 1-55. FRISON, T. H. 1935. The Stoneflies, or Plecoptera, of Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois Na- tural History Survey, vol. 20, pp. 281-471. FRISON, T. H. 1942. Studies of North American Ple- coptera, With Special Reference to the Fauna of Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey, vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 235-355. GARMAN, P. 1927. The Odonata or Dragonfiies of Connecticut. Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part V. Connecticut Geological Natural History Survey Bulletin, vol. 39, pp. 1-331/ HARDEN, P. H. and C. E. MICKEL 1952. The Stoneflies of Minnesota. Uni- versity of Minnesota, Agricultural Experiment Station, pp. 1-84, HUNT, B. P. 1953. The Life History and Economic Importance of a Burrowing Mayfly Hexagenia limbata in Southern Mich- igan Lakes. Bulletin No. 4 of the In- 41 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT stitute for Fisheries Research, Ann Arbor, Michigan, pp. 1-151. JEWETT, S. G., JR. 1959. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Pacific Northwest. Oregon State Monographic Studies in Entomology, No. 3, pp. 1-95. JOHANNSEN, 0. A. 1934. Aquatic Diptera. Part I. Nemo- cera, Exclusive of Chironomidae and Ceratopogonidae. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, Memoir 164, pp. 1-71. JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1935. Aquatic Diptera. Part II. Or- thorrhapha-Brachycera and Cyclorrha- pha. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, Memoir 177, pp. 1-62. JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part III. Chiro- nomidae : Subfamilies Tanypodinae, Diamesinae, and Orthocladinae. Cor- nell University Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Memoir 205, pp. 1-84. JOHANNSEN, O. A. and L. C. THOMSEN 1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part IV. Chiro- nomidae : Subfamily Chironominae. Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Cornell Uni- versity Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Memoir 210, pp. 1-80. JOHANNSEN, O. A., H. K. TOWNES, F. R. SHAW and E. G. FISHER 1952. Guide to the Insects of Connecti- cut. IV. The Diptera or True Flies. Fifth Fascicle: Midges and Gnats. State Geological Natural Historv Sur- vey, Bulletin 80, pp. 1-255. LAFFOON, J. L. 1960. Common Names of Insects. Bulle- tin of the Entomological Society of America, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 175-211. Ltrrz, F. E. 1927. Field Book of Insects. G. P. Put- nam's Sons, New York, 562 pp. NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. W. CLASSEN 1925. A Monograph of the Plecoptera or Stoneflies of America North of Mexi- co. (Publications Vol. 2) Thomas Say Foundation of Entomological Society of America, Lafayette, Indiana, pp. 1-397. NEEDHAM, J. G., J. R. TRAVER and Y. Hsu 1935. The Biology of Mayflies. Corn- stock Publishing Company, Ithaca, New York, 759 pp. NEEDHAM, J. G. and M. J. WESTFALL, JR. 1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of North America Including the Greater Antilles and the Provinces of the Mexican Border. University of Cali- fornia Press, Berkeley, 615 pp. PETERSON, A. 1951. Larvae of Insects. Part II. Coleop- tera, Diptera, Neuroptera, Siphonap- tera, Mecoptera, and Trichoptera. Ed- wards Brothers Incorporated, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 416 pp. PETERSON, A. 1959, Larvae of Insects. Part I. Lepi- doptera and Plant Infesting Hyme- noptera. Fourth Edition, Edwards Brothers Incorporated, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 315 pp. ROBACK, S. S. 1957. The Immature Tendipedids of the Philadelphia Area. Monographs of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 180 pp. Ross, H. H. 1944. The Caddis Flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-326. USINGER, R. L. 1956. Aquatic Insects of California with Keys to North American Genera and California Species. University of Cali- fornia Press, Berkelev, California, 508 pp. WOOD, D. M., B. V. PETERSON, D. M. DAVIES and H. GYORKOS 1963. The Black Flies (Diptera: Simu- lidae) of Ontario. Part II. Larval Identification, with Descriptions and Illustrations. Proceedings of the En- tomological Society of Ontario, vol. 93, pp. 99-129. 42 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER FISH BAILEY, R. M., E. A. LACHNER, C. C. LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, P. M. ROEDEL, W, B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS 1960. A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada. American Fish- eries Society, Special Publication No. 2, pp. 1-102. EDDY, S. and T. SURBER 1947. Northern Fishes. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 276 pp. FORBES, S. A. and R. E. RICHARDSON 1920. The Fishes of Illinois. Natural History Survey, Illinois, vol. 3, pp. 1-357. HARLAN, J. R. and E. B. SPEAKER 1955, Iowa Fish and Fishing (3rd Ed.). Iowa State Fish Commission, 377 pp. HUBBS, C. L. and K. F. LAGLER 1964. Fishes of the Great Lakes Region. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 135 pp. JORDAN, D, S. 1929. Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of the Northeastern United States. World Book Company, New York, 446 PP- KVHNE, E. R. 1939. A Guide to the Fishes of Tennes- see and the Mid-South. Division of Game and Fish, Nashville, Tennessee, pp. 1-124. LAGLER, K. F. 1956. Freshwater Fisheries Biology. Wm. C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa, 421 pp. SCHRENKEISEN, R. 1938. Editors J. T. Nichols and F. R. LaMonte. Fieldbook of Fresh-Water Fishes of North America North of Mexico. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 312 pp. TRAUTMAN, M. B. 1957. The Fishes of Ohio. Ohio State University Press. 683 pp. ALGAE AND FLOWERING AQUATIC PLANTS HOTCHKISS, N. 1964. Pondweeds and Pondweedlike Plants of Eastern North America. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir- cular 187, pp. 1-30. HOTCHKISS, N. 1965. Bulrushes and Bulrushlike Plants of Eastern North America. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Circular 221, pp. 1-19. FASSETT, N. C. 1960. A Manual of Aquatic Plants (With Revision Appendix by Eue-ene C. Ogden). University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 405 pp. FOREST, H. S. 1954. Handbook of Algae. The Univer- sity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennes- see, 467 pp. MUENSCHER, W. C. 1944. Aquatic Plants of the United States. Comstock Publishing Com- pany, Ithaca, New York, 374 pp. PRESCOTT, G. W, 1951. Algae of the Western Great Lakes Area. Cranbrook Institute of Science, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, 946 pp. PRESCOTT, G. W. 1954. How to Know the Fresh Water Algae. Wm. C. Brown Company, Du- buque, Iowa, 211 pp. SMITH, G. M. 1950. The Fresh-Water Algae of the United States. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 719 pp. TIFFANY, L. H. and M. E. BRITTON 1952. The Algae of Illinois. The Uni- versity of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, 407 pp. OTHER ORGANISMS BAKER, F. C. 1928. The Fresh-Water Mollusca of Wisconsin. Pt. I. Gastropoda, 507 pp.; Pt. II. Pelecypoda, 495 pp.; Bulletin 70, Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, Madison, Wisconsin. 43 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY 1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag- ellata. University of Florida, College of Engineering, Florida Engineering Series No. 3, pp. 1-140. COOKE, W. B. 1963. A Laboratory Guide to Fungi in Polluted Waters, Sewage, and Sew- age Treatment Systems. Their Iden- tification and Culture. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No, 999- WP-1, pp. 1-132. GALLOWAY, T. W. 1911. The Common Fresh Water Oligo- chaeta of the United States. Transac- tions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 285-317. GOODRICH, C. 1932. The Mollusca of Michigan. Michi- gan Handbook Series No. 5, Univer- sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michi- gan, pp. 1-120. GOODRICH, C. and H. VAN DER SCHALIE 1944. A Revision of the Mollusca of In- diana. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 257-326. JAHN, T. L. and F. F. JAHN 1949. How to Know the Protozoa. Wm. C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa, 234 pp. KUDO, R. 1950. Protozoology. Charles C. Thomas, Publisher, Springfield, Illinois, 778 pp. ASPECTS OF WATER QUALITY BOOKS ALLEE, W. C., A. E. EMERSON, O. PARK, T. PARK and K. P. SCHMIDT 1949. Principles of Animal Ecology. Saunders Publishing Company, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania, 837 pp. ANON. 1939. Problems of Lake Biology. Amer- ican Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., 142 pp. ANON. 1941. A Symposium on Hydrobiology. University of Wisconsin Press, Madi- son, Wisconsin, 405 pp. ANON. 1957. Biological Problems in Water Pol- lution. Transactions of the 1st Semi- nar on Biological Problems, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnnati, Ohio, pp. 1-272. ANON. 1960. Biological Problems in Water Pol- lution. Transactions of the 1959 Semi- nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. Pub- lication No. W60-3, pp. 1-285. ANON. 1965. Biological Problems in Water Pol- lution. Transaction of the 1962 Semi- nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424. ANON. I960. Standard Methods for the Exami- nation of Water and Wastewater. Eleventh Edition, American Public Health Association, Incorporated, New York, 626 pp. CAMP, T. R. 1963. Water and Its Impurities. Rein- hold Publishing Corporation, New York, 355 pp. CARSON, R. 1962. Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflen Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 368 PP- FOGG, G. E. 1953. The Metabolism of Algae. Methuen & Company, Ltd., London, 149 pp. FOGG, G. E. 1965. Algal Cultures and Phytoplankton. University of Wisconsin Press, Madi- son, Wisconsin, 136 pp. FREY, D. G. (ed.) 1963. Limnology in North America. University of Wisconsin Press, Madi- son, 752 pp. HAWKES, H. A. 1963. The Ecology of Waste Water Treatment. Pergamon Press, New York, 206 pp. HAZEN, W. E. (ed.) 1964. Readings in Population and Com- munity Ecology. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia, 388 pp. 44 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER HEUKELEKIAN, H. and N. BONDERS (eds.) 1964. Principles and Applications in Aquatic Microbiology. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 470 pp. HOBBS, A. T. 1950. Manual of British Water Supply Practice. The Institution of Water Engineers, W. Heffer & Sons Ltd., Cambridge, England, 910 pt>. HUTCHINSON, G. E. 1957. A Treatise on Limnology. John Wiley & Sons Incorporated, New York, vol. 1, 1,015 pp. HYNES, H. B. N. 1963. Tha Biology of Polluted Waters. Liverpool University Press, Liver- pool, England, 202 pp. JACKSON, D. F. (ed.) 1964. -Algae and Man. Plenum Press, New York, 434 pp. JONES, J. R. E. 1964. Fish and River Pollution. But- terworth & Company, Ltd. London, 202 pp. KLEIN, L. 1957. Aspects of River Pollution. Aca- demic Press, Incorporated, New York, 621 pp. LEWIN, R. A. (ed.) 1962. Physiology and Biochemistry of Algae. Academic Press, Incorporated, New York, 929 pp. MACAN, T. T. 1963. Fresh-Water Ecology. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 348 pp. MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGKAM and R. FORGES 1964. Limnological Aspects of Recrea- tional Lakes. U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Pub- lic Health Service, Publication No. 1167. 167 pp. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1965. Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Water, An Annotated Selected Bib- liography of Their Biological Effects. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 1305, 111 pp. McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF 1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi- tion. The Resources Agency of Cali- fornia. State Water Quality Board, Publication No. 3-A, 548 pp. MOULTON, F. R. and F. HITZEL (eds.) 1949. Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. Ameri- can Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., 87 pp. ODUM, E. P. (In Collaboration with H. T. 0-iun) 1959. Fundamentals of Ecology. 2nd Edition, Saunders Publishing Com- pany, Philadelphia, 546 pp. PRINGSHEIM, E. G. 1964. Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner Publishing Company, New York, 119 pp. RtJDD, R. L. 1964. Pesticides and the Living Land- scape. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 320 pp. RUTTNER, F. 1963. Fundamentals of Limnology. Uni- versity of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Third Edition, 242 pp. SPARROW, F. K. 1960. Aquatic Phycomycetes. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 1214 PP. SOUTHGATE, B. A. 1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus- trial Waste Waters. Published by Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London, 327 pp. SUCKLING, E. V. 1943. The Examination of Waters and Water Supplies. Fifth Edition. The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia, 849 pp. TRYON, C. A. and R. T. HARTMAN (eds.) 1960. Ecology of Algae. Pymatuning Special Publication No. 2, Pymatun- ing Laboratory of Field Biology, Uni- versity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 96 pp. UDALL, S. L. 1963. The Quiet Crisis. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Incorporated, New York, 209 pp. WELCH, P. S. 1948. Limnological Methods. Blakiston Company, Philadelphia, 381 pp. 45 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT WELCH, P. S. 1952. Limnology. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 471 pp. WHIFFLE, G. C. (Revised by G. M. Fair and M. C. Whipple) 1948. The Microscopy of Drinking Wa- ter. Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, New York, 586 pp. YAPP, W. B. 1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma- terials. The Institute of Biology, 41 Queen's Gate, London, England, 154 PP. JOURNALS AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY TRANS- ACTIONS Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas (Quarterly) THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST (Title Varies) University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana (Bimonthly) CALIFORNIA FISH AND GAME California Division of Fish and Game, Berkeley, California (Quar- terly) THE CONSERVATIONIST State of New York Conservation De- partment, Albany, New York (Bi- monthly) ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS Official Publication of the Ecological Society of America, Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina (Quarterly) ECOLOGY Official Publication of the Ecological Society of America, Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina (Bimonthly) INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING CHEM- ISTRY (Title Varies) Washington, D. C. (Monthly) INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF Am AND WATER POLLUTION Pergamon Press, New York (Seven Issues Per Volume) JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION Baltimore, Maryland (Monthly) JOURNAL OF THE OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Ohio State University, Department of Botany & Plant Pathology, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus 10, Ohio (Bimonthly) JOURNAL OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER- ING DIVISION Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Mich- igan (Bimonthly) JOURNAL OF THE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL FEDERATION Washington, D. C. (Monthly) Formerly: Sewage Works Journal, vol. 1-21, 1928-1949. Sewage & In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 22-31, 1950- 1959. LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY American Society of Limnology & Oceanography, Baltimore, Maryland (Quarterly) LOUISIANA CONSERVATIONIST Wildlife and Fisheries' Commission, New Orleans, Louisiana (Monthly) NEW ENGLAND WATER WORKS ASSO- CIATION JOURNAL Boston, Massachusetts (Quarterly) NEW YORK FISH AND GAME JOURNAL New York Conservation Department, Albany, New York (Semiannually) PROGRESSIVE FISH CULTURIST U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing- ton, D. C. (Quarterly) PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING AB- STRACTS Public Health Service, Washington, D. C. (Monthly) PUBLIC WORKS (Title Varies Previ- ously) Public Works J. Corporation, Ridge- wood, New Jersey (Monthly) SANITALK Massachusetts Department of Public Health, Division of Sanitary Engi- neering, Boston, Massachusetts (Quarterly) 46 ------- WATBB POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER SPORT FISHERIES ABSTRACTS WATER AND SEWAGE WORKS U. S. Department of the Interior, E. Seranton Gillette, 185 N. Wabash Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing- Ave., Chicago, Illinois, Seranton Pub- ton, D. C. (Quarterly) lishing Company (Monthly) TRANSACTIONS OF THE WISCONSIN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ARTS, AND WATER POLLUTION ABSTRACTS LETTERS Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon- Madison, Wisconsin don, England (Monthly) 47 ------- INCREASING TURBIDITY NURTURING UNDESIRABLE GROWTHS TAINTING FLESH CAUSING EXTREME pH CHANGES LOWERING DISSOLVED OXYGEN INCREASING TEMPERATURE CAUSING TOXICfTY DEPOSITING SETTLEABLE SOLOS Ways in which wastes may affect aquatic life. Industrial waste source Municipal waste source Plate II—Water Pollution Control Aspects: Marine Waters ------- PART II WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: MARINE WATERS ACCELERATED ATTENTION to the control and abatement of pollution in fresh waters, expanding populations and industries on lands adjacent to the oceans, and recognition of the potential role of the oceans as sources of food have generated increased concern toward the defile- ment of marine waters. Bacterial contamination of shellfish resources by municipal wastes is well documented, as is similar pollution of recreational beaches. Elsewhere pollution and decimation of shellfish "and other food re- sources is associated with drainage and filling of tidal marshes, or diversion of water that is essential to maintain conditions suitable to the organisms. "Natural" amounts of nutrients, chiefly inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus, have been supplemented by sources from some coastal cities and industries. The combined nutrient load has been implicated in the development of massive quantities of unwanted marine plant growths that become deposited by waves or tides on shore reaches wrhere they decay and emit foul odors. Discoloration and tainting of animal foodstuffs have been noted in estuaries and bays burdened with strong wastes. Toxic materials, including pesticides, can comprise a major threat to the loss of desirable marine life if not carefully controlled. A relatively recent concern is the disposal of radioactive wastes and their long-term effects on marine as well as fresh water organisms. As in fresh waters, multiple use of marine waters is paramount to any single use; control and abatement of pollution in marine waters is requisite to provide a maximum variety of uses beneficial to all. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL GENERAL REFERENCES AYERS, J. C. BOWDEN, K. J. 1955. Ocean Currents, Pollution—and 1963. The Mixing Process in a Tidal Fish. New York Conservationist, vol. Estuary. International Journal of Air 9, No. 4, pp. 2-3. and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 343-356. AYERS, J. C. 1959. The Hydrography of Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts. Limnology BURT, W. V. and J. QUEEN and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 1957. Tidal Overmixing in Estuaries. 211-225. Science, vol. 126, pp. 972-973. 51 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT BURT, W. V. 1959. Oxygen Anomalies in the Surf Near Coos Bay, Oregon. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 305-306. BURT, W. V. and W. B. McAusTER 1959. Recent Studies in the Hydro- graphy of Oregon Estuaries. Fish Commission of Oregon, Research Briefs, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 14-27. CARRITT, D. E. 1956. Recent Developments in the Chem- istry and Hydrography of Estuaries. Transactions 21st North American Wildlife Conference, Published by Wildlife Management Institute, Wire Building, Washington 5, D. C. EBERMAN, J, W. 1956. Disposal of Wastes at Sea. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1365-1370. ELDRIDGE, E. F. and R. O. SYLVESTER 1957. Silver Bay Water Pollution Con- trol Studies Near Setka, Alaska. Alaska Water Pollution Control Board, Report No. 10, pp. 1-121. ERIKSEN, A. and L. D. TOWNSEND 1940. The Occurrence and Cause of Pol- lution in Grays Harbor. State Pollu- tion Commission, State of Washing- ton, Pollution Series, Bulletin No. 2, pp. 1-100. GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, J. B. ENGLE and H. N. Calderwood 1947. Ecological & Physiological Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York River, Virginia. U. S. Fish & Wildlife Serv- ice, Fishery Bulletin No. 43, pp. 59-186. GOTAAS, H. G. 1949. The Effects of Sea Water on the Biochemical Oxidation of Sewage. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 818-839. GUNTER, G. I960. Pollution Problems Along the Gulf Coast. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 184-188, HOOD, D. W. 1958. Waste Disposal in Marine Waters. Proceedings, Sixth Conference on Coastal Engineering, Florida, Decem- ber 1957, pp. 607-624. HULL, C. H. J. 1963. Photosynthetic Oxygenation of a Polluted Estuary. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 669-696. JACKSON, C. F. 1944. A Biological Survey of Great Bay, New Hampshire: No. 1, Physical and Biological Features of Great Bay and the Present Status of Its Marine Re- sources. New Hampshire Marine Fisheries Commission, pp. 1-61. KETCHUM, B. H. 1951. The Flushing of Tidal Estuaries. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 198-209. KETCHUM, B. H. 1951. The Exchanges of Fresh and Salt Waters in Tidal Estuaries. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 18-38. KETCHUM, B. H. 1954. Relation Between Circulation and Planktonic Populations in Estuaries. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 2, pp. 191-200. KETCHUM, B. H. 1955. Distribution of Coliform Bacteria and Other Pollutants in Tidal Estu- aries. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp, 1288-1296. KETCHUM, B. H. 1960. Marine Pollution Problems In the North Atlantic Area. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S, Public Health Service, pp. 212-217. LIEBMAN, E. 1939 (1940). River Discharges and Their Effect on the Cycles and Produc- tivity of the Sea. Proceedings of the Sixth Pacific Science Congress, vol. 3, pp. 517-523. LYNN, W. R. and W. T. YANG 1960. The Ecological Efforts of Sewage in Biscayne Bay. Oxygen Demand and Organic Carbon Determinations. ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 491- 509. MARVIN, K. T., L. M. LANSFORD and R. S. WHEELER 1961. Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol- ogy of a Lagoon. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin 184, vol. 61, pp. 1-8. McNuLTY, J. K,, E. S. REYNOLDS and S. M. MILLER 1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol- lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis- tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem- ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo- plankton. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 189-202. McPHERSON, M. B. 1960. Diffusion in a Sectionally Homo- geneous Estuary. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Sanitary Engineering Division, vol. 86, No. SA-5, pp. 69-79. MILLS, K. E. 1952. Some Aspects of Pollution Control in Tidal Waters. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 9, pp. 1150- 1158. NELSON, T. C. 1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 203-211. NUSBAUM, I. and H. E. MILLER 1952. The Oxygen Resources of San Diego Bay. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 1512-1527. O'CONNOR, D. J. 1960. Oxygen Balance of an Estuary. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Sanitary Engi- neering Division, vol. 86, No. SA-3, pp. 35-55. OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L. TRESSLER 1941. Studies of the Effects of Indus- trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area, 1: Curtis Bay Region, 1941. Board of Natural Resources State of Maryland Department of Re- search and Education, Chesapeake Biological Laboratory Publication No. 43, pp. 1-40. PARKHURST, J. D., W. E. GARRISON and M. L. WHITT 1963. Effect of Wind, Tide and Weather on Nearshore Ocean Conditions. In- ternational Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 813-827. PEARSON, E. A. 1956. An Investigation of the Efficacy of Submarine Outfall Disposal of Sewage and Sludge. California State Water Pollution Control Board, Sac- ramento, Publication No. 14, pp. 1— 154. PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and J. E. McKEE 1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis- posal Research Program in California. California State Water Pollution Con- trol Board, Sacramento, Publication No. 22, pp. 1-77. PRITCHARD, D. W. 1956. The Dynamic Structure of a Coastal Plain Estuary. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 33-42. REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD 1959. Marine Pollution. Water and Sew- age Works, vol. 106, No. 6, pp. 259- 262. ROMER, H. 1956. The Health Departments Role in New York Harbor Pollution Control. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 12, pp. 1495-1503. RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN 1942. Raritan River Pollution Studies. Comparison of Results Obtained in 1927-28, 1937-38, 1940-41. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 839- 865. SHUSTER, C. N., JR. 1959. A Biological Evaluation of the Delaware River Estuary. University of Delaware, Marine Laboratories, In- formation Series, Publication No. 3, pp. 1-77. 53 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT SIBLING, F. W. 1947. Effects of Pollution at Baltimore on pH and Oxygen Content of Water. Papers of the National Shellfisheries Association, pp. 50-54. SIMMONS, H. B. 1955. Some Effects of Upland Discharge on Estuarine Hydraulics. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil En- gineers, Hydraulics Division, vol. 81, No. 792, pp. 1-20. THOMPSON, S. H. 1961. What is Happening to Our Estu- aries? Transactions of the North American Wildlife Conference, vol. 26, pp. 318-322. TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD 1963. Some Physical and Biological Characteristics of Open Coastal Wa- ters and Their Relationship to Waste Discharge. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 865-S88. TULLY, J. P. 1948. Pollution Research in Alberni In- let. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Report, No. 76, pp. 66-71. TYLER, R. G. 1950. Disposal of Sewage Into Tidal Wa- ters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 685-696. ZoBELL, C. E. 1960. Marine Pollution Problems in Southern California. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 177-183. BACTERIA BUCK, T. C., JR., C. E. KEEFER and H. HATCH 1952. Viability of Coliform Organisms in Estuary Waters. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 6, pp. 777-784. CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER 1959. Microbiological Process Report. Factors Affecting Survival of Bac- teria in Sea Water. Applied Micro- biology, vol. 7, No. 6, pp. 388-392. CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER 1960. An Evaluation of Factors Affect- ing the Survival of Escherichia coli in Sea Water. I-IV. Applied Micro- biology, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 243-256. ERDMAN, J. E. and A. D. LENNONT 1956. The Self-Cleansing of Soft-Shell Clams; Bacteriological and Public Health Aspects. Canadian Journal of Public Health, vol. 47, No. 5, pp. 196- 202. FELDMAN, G. and C. WINSLOW 1941. The Influence of Sewage Treat- ment Upon the Bacterial Pollution of New Haven Harbor. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 91- 101. GREENBERG, A. E. 1956. Survival of Enteric Organisms in Sea Water. Public Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 1, pp. 77-86. GUNNERSON, C. G. 1958. Sewage Disposal in Santa Monica Bay, California. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Sanitary Engineering Division, vol. 84, No. SA-1, pp. 1-28. HARRIS, E. K. 1958. On the Probability of Survival of Bacteria in Sea Water. Biometrics, vol. 14, pp. 195-206. HOOD, D, W., B. STEVENSON and L. M. JEFFREY 1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial Wastes. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888. JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E. JONES 1959. Bacterial Populations in Sea Wa- ter as Determined by Different Meth- ods of Enumeration. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 128- 139. KELLY, C. B. and W. ARCISZ 1954. Survival of Enteric Organisms in Shellfish. Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 12, pp. 1205-1210. ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS KELLY, C. B. 1956. Public Health Service Research on Shellfish Bacteriology. Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Associ- ation, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 21-26. KELLY, C. B., W. ARCISZ, ML W. PRES- NELL and E. K. HARRIS 1960. Bacterial Accumulation by the Oyster, Crassostrea virginica, on the Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- needing Center, Technical Report F60-4, pp. 1-45. KETCHUM, B. H., J. C. AYERS and R. F. VACCARO 1952. Processes Contributing to the De- crease of Coliform Bacteria in a Tidal Estuary. Ecology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 247-258. KETCHUM, B. H. 1955. Distribution of Coliform Bacteria and Other Pollutants in Tidal Estu- aries. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1288-1296. KNOWLTON, W. T. 1929. Bacillus Coli Surveys, Los Ange- les Ocean Outfall. California Sewage Works Journal, vol. 2, pp. 150-152. LEAR, D. W. 1962. Growth of Coliform Bacteria in Estuarine Waters. Chesapeake Sci- ence, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 160-165. McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and S. M. MILLER 1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol- lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis- tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem- ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo- plankton. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 189-202. NUSBAUM, I. and R. M. GARVER 1955. Survival of Coliform Organisms in Pacific Ocean Coastal Waters. Sew- age and Industrial WTastes, vol. 27, No. 12, pp. 1383-1390. ORLOB, G. T. 1956. Viability of Sewage Bacteria in Sea Water. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 9, pp. 1147-1167. REUSZER, H. W. 1933. Marine Bacteria and their Role in the Cycle of Life in the Sea. III. The Distribution of Bacteria in the Ocean Waters and Muds About Cape Cod. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 65, No. 3, pp. 480-497. RITTENBERG, S. C., T. MiTTWER and D.IVLER 1958. Coliform Bacteria in Sediments Around Three Marine Sewage Out- falls. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 101-108. STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES 1957. The Effect of Copper on the Growth of Bacteria Isolated from Marine Environments. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 33- 36. VACCARO, R. F., M. O. BRIGGS, C. L. CAREY and B. H. KETCHTJM 1950. Viability of Escherichia coli in Sea Water. American Journal of Pub- lic Health, vol. 40, No. 10, pp. 1257- 1266. WAKSMAN, S. A. and M. HOTCHKISS 1938, On the Oxidation of Organic Mat- ter in Marine Sediments by Bacteria. Massachusetts, Woods Hole and Massachusetts Bay. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 101-118. WARD, B. Q. and B. J. CARROLL 1965. Presence of Clostridium botulinum Type E in Estuarine Waters. Applied Microbiology, vol. 13, No. 3, p. 502. WEISS, C. M. 1951. Adsorption of E. coli on River and Estuarine Silts. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 227- 237. WILSON, T. E. and C. S. McCLESKEY 1951. Indices of Pollution in Oysters. Food Research, vol. 16, pp. 313-319. WOOD, E. J. F. 1958. The Significance of Marine Micro- biology. Bacteriological Review, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 1-19. ZoBELL, C. E. 1960. Marine Pollution Problems in the Southern California Area. In: Bio- logical Problems in Water Pollution— Transactions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 177-183. 55 ------- WATER POIXCTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ALGAE AND PLANKTON BANDY, O, L., 3. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M. RESIG 1964. Foraminifera, Los Angeles County Outfall Area, California. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 124-137. BARLOW, J. P. 1955. Physical and Biological Processes Determining the Distribution of Zoo- plankton in a Tidal Estuary. Biolog- ical Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 109, No. 2, pp. 211-225. BARLOW, 3, P., C. J. LARENZEN and R. T. MYREN 1963. Eutrophication of a Tidal Estu- ary. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 251-262. CLENDENNING, K. A. and W. J. NORTH 1960. Effects of Wastes on the Giant Kelp Macrocystisjpyrifera. In: Pear- son, E. A., (ed.) Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment. Pergamon Press, N. Y., pp. 82-91. FROLANDER, H. F. 1964. Biological and Chemical Features of Tidal Estuaries. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1037-1048. HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M. JEFFREY 1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial Wastes. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888. HOLL, C. H. J. 1961. Algae and Organic Waste Assimi- lation in Tidal Estuaries. Proceedings 34 Annual Conference, Maryland- Delaware Water and Sewage Associa- tion, pp. 37-52. HULL, C. H. J. 1963. Oxygenation of Baltimore Harbor by Planktonic Algae. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 587-606. JEFFRIES, H. P. 1962. Environmental Characteristics of Raritan Bay, A Polluted Estuary. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 21-31. JOHANNES, B. E. 1965. Influence of Marine Protozoa on Nutrient Regeneration. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 434-442. KETCHUM, B. H. 1951. Plankton Algae and Their Biolog- ical Significance. In: Smith, G. M. (ed.) Manual of Phycology—An In- troduction to the Algae and Their Biology, Chapter 17, pp. 335-346. KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. P. and G. Vis- WESWARA 1963. Hydrobiological Studies with Ref- erence to Sudden Fish Mortality. F^drobiologia, vol. 21, Nos. 3 and 4, pp". 275-303. McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and S. M. MILLER 1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol- lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis- tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem- ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo- plankton. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 189-202. NASH, C. B. 1947. Environmental Characteristics of a River Estuary- Journal of Marine Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174. NORTH, W. J. 1959. Studies of the Influence Which Water Clarity May Have on the Giant Kelp Macrocystis pyrifera and its As- sociated Organisms. International Oceanographic Congress (Preprints), American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, pp. 347-348. NORTH, W. J. 1963. Ecology of the Rocky Nearshore Environment in Southern California and Possible Influences of Discharged Wastes. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 721-736. ODUM, H. T., R. P, C. Du REST, R. J. BEYERS and C. ALLBAUGH 1963. Diurnal Metabolism, Total Phos- phorus, Ohle Anomaly, and Zooplank- ton Diversity of Abnormal Marine Ecosystems of Texas. Publications of the Institute of Marine Science of the University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404- 453. 66 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTHOL: MARINE WATERS RYTHER, J. H. 1954. The Ecology of Phytoplankton Blooms in Moriches Bay and Great South Bay, Long Island, New York. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 106, No. 2, pp. 198-209. SAWYER, C. N. 1965. The Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos- ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 8, pp. 1122-1133. TOLLEFSON, R. 1963. Basic Biological Productivity in a Marine Industrial Area. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federa- tion, vol. 35, No. 8, pp. 989-1005. TOXIC ALGAE ABBOTT, B. C. and D. BALLANTINE 1957. The Toxin from Gymnodinium veneficum Ballantine. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 169-189. ALDBICH, D. V. and W. B. WILSON 1960. The Effect of Salinity on Growth of Gymnodinium breve Davis. Biolog- ical Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 119, No. 1, pp. 57-63. BALLANTINE, D. 1956. Two New Marine Species of Gymnodinium Isolated from the Ply- mouth Area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 467^74. BARTSCH, A. F. and E. F. MCFARREN 1962. Fish Poisoning: A Problem in Food Toxication. Journal of Pacific Science, vol. 16, pp. 42-56. BEIN, S. J. 1957. The Relationship of Total Phos- phorus Concentration in Sea Water to Red Tide Blooms. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 316-329. BERGMANN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH 1963. Observations on the Mechanism of Action and on the Quantitative Assay of Ichthyotoxin from Prymnesium parvum. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, vol. 5, pp. 637-649. CHEW, F. 1953. Results of Hydrographic and Chemical Investigations in the Region of the "Red Tide" Bloom on the West Coast of Florida in November 1952. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 610- 625. COLLIER, A. 1958. Some Biochemical Aspects of Red Tides and Related Oceanographic Problems. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 33-39. CONNELL, C, H. and J. B. CROSS 1950. Mass Mortality of Fish Associated with the Protozoan Gonyaulax in the Gulf of Mexico. Science, vol. 112, pp. 359-363. CONOVER, S. 1954. Observations on the Structure of Red Tides in New Haven Harbor, Connecticut. Journal of Marine Re- search, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 145-155. DAVIS, C. C. 1948. Gymnodinium brevis sp. Nov., A Cause of Discolored Water and Ani- mal Mortality in the Gulf of Mexico. Botanical Gazette, vol. 109, No. 3, pp. 358-360. DRAGOVICH, A., J. H. FINUCANE and B. Z. MAY 1961. Counts of Red Tide Organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and Associated Oceanographic Data from Florida West Coast. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 369, pp. 1-175. FEINSTEIN, A. 1956. Correlations of Various Ambient Phenomena with Red Tide Outbreaks on the Florida West Coast. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 209-232. FINUCANE, J. M. and A. DRAGOVICH 1959. Counts of Red Tide Organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and Associated Oceanographic Data from Florida West Coast. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 289, pp. 1-220. FINUCANE, J. H. 1964. Distribution and Seasonal Occur- rence of Gymnodinium breve on the West Coast of Florida. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 487, pp. 1-14. 57 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT GALTSOFF, P. S. 1948. Red Tide, Progress Report on the Investigations of the Cause of Mortal- ity of Fish Along the West Coast of Florida conducted by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Cooperating Organizations. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Special Scientific Re- ports, Fisheries No. 46, pp. 1-44. GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON 1960. The Toxicity of Gonyaulax monilata, Howell to Mugil cephalus. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 171-174. GUNTER, G., R. H. WILLIAMS, C. C. DAVIS and F. G. W. SMITH 1948. Catastrophic Mass Mortality of Marine Animals and Coincident Phytoplankton Bloom on the West Coast of Florida, November 1946 to August 1947. Ecological Monographs, vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 309-324. HELA, I. 1955. Ecological Observations on a Locally Limited Red Tide Bloom. Bul- letin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 269- 291. HOWELL, F. J. 1953. Gonyaulax monilata, sp. Nov., The Causative Dinoflagellate of a Red Tide on the East Coast of Florida in August-September, 1951. Transactions of the American Microscopical So- ciety, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 153-156. HUTTON, R. F. 1956. An Annotated Bibliography of Red Tides Occurring in the Marine Waters of Florida. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 19, Nos. 2 and 3, pp. 123-146. KETCHUM, B. H. and J. KEEN 1948. Unusual Phosphorus Concentra- tions in the Florida "Red Tide" Sea Water. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 17-21. KIERSTEAD, H. and L. B. SLOBODKIN 1953. The Size of Water Masses Con- taining Plankton Blooms. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 141-147. LASKER, R. and F. G. W. SMITH 1954. Red Tide. In: Galtsoff, P. S., (ed.). Gulf of Mexico Its Origin, Wa- ters, and Marine Life, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 89, pp. 173-176. MCFARREN, E. F., M. L. SCHAFER, J. E. CAMPBELL, K. H. LEWIS, E. T. JENSEN and E. 3. SCHANTZ 1957. Public Health Significance of Paralytic Shellfish Poison. A Review of Literature and Unpublished Re- search. Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Association, vol. 47, pp. 114-141. MEDCOF, J. C., A. H. LEIM, A. B. NEED- LER, A. W. H. NEEDLER, J. GIBBARD and J. NAUBERT 1947. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning on the Canadian Atlantic Coast. Bulletin of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, No. 75, pp. 1-32. MEDCOF, J. C. 1960. Shellfish Posioning—A n o t h e r North American Ghost. Canadian Medical Association Journal, vol. 82, No. 2, pp. 87-90. NEEDLER, A. B. 1949. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning and Goniaulax tamarensis. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 490-504. ODUM, H. T., J. B. LACKEY, J. HYNES and N. MARSHALL 1955. Some Red Tide Characteristics During 1952-1954. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258. RAGOTZKIE, R. A. and L. R. POMEROY 1957. Life History of a Dinoflagellate Bloom. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 62-69. RAY, B. B., R. JOHNSON and J. A. ADAMS 1965. The Incidence of Dead and Dying Fish in the Moray Firth, September 1963. Journal of the Marine Biolog- ical Association of the United King- dom, vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 29-47. RAY, S. M. and W. B. WILSON 1957. The Effects of Unialgal and Bac- teria-Free Cultures of Gymnodinium brevis on Fish and Notes on Related Studies with Bacteria. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 211, pp. 1-50. REISH, D. J. 1963. Mass Mortality of Marine Orga- nisms Attributed to the "Red Tide" in 58 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS Southern California. California Fish and Game, vol. 49, No. 4, pp. 265-270. ROUNSEFELL, G. A. and J. E. EVANS 1958. Large-Scale Experimental Test of Copper Sulfate as a Control for the Florida Red Tide. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 270, pp. 1-57. RYTHER, J. H. 1955. Ecology of Autotrophic Marine Dinoflagellates with Reference to Red Water Conditions. In: F. H. Johnson, (ed.), The Luminescence of Biological Systems. Publication of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, pp. 387-414. SLOBODKIN, L. B. 1953. A Possible Initial Condition for Red Tides on the Coast of Florida. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 148-155. SMITH, F. G. W. 1949. Probable Fundamental Causes of Red Tide off the West Coast of Florida. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 1-6. SOMMER, H. and K. F. MEYER 1937. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning. Archives of Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 560-598. SOMMER, H., W. F. WHEDON, C. A. KOFOID and R. STOHLER 1937. Relation of Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning to Certain Plankton Orga- nisms of the Genus Gonyaulax. Ar- chives of Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 537-559. SOMMER, H. and F. N. CLARK 1946. Effect of Red Water on Marine Life in Santa Monica Bay, California. California Fish and Game, vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 100-101. TENNANT, A. D., J. NAUBERT and H. E. CORBEIL 1955. An Outbreak of Paralytic Shell- fish Poisoning. Canadian Medical As- sociation Journal, vol. 72, No. 6, pp. 436-439. WILSON, W. B. and S. M. RAY 1956. The Occurrence of Gymnodinium brevis in the Western Gulf of Mexico. Ecology, vol. 37, No. 2, pp. 1-388. YARIV, J. and S. HESTRIN 1961. Toxicity of the Extracellular Phase of Prymnesium parvum Cul- tures. Journal of General Microbiol- ogy, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 165-175. FUNGI COUCH, J. N. 1942. A New Fungus on Crab Eggs. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scien- tific Society, vol. 58, No. 2, pp. 158- 162. JOHNSON, T. W. and F. K. SPARROW 1961. Fungi in Oceans and Estuaries. Hafner Publishing Company, New York, 668 pp. MEYERS, S. P. 1954. Marine Fungi in Biscayne Bay, Florida. II. Further Studies of Oc- currence and Distribution. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Carib- bean, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 307-327. VISHNIAC, H. S. 1960. Salt Requirements of Marine Phycomcyetes. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 362-365. BOTTOM ORGANISMS AMOS, W. H. 1954. Biological Survey of the Delaware River Estuary. Report of the Marine Laboratory, University of Delaware, vol. 2, pp. 21-31. AYERS, J. C. 1956. Population Dynamics of the Marine Clam My a aerenaria. Limn- ology and Oceanography, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 26-34. BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M. RESIG 1964. Foraminiferal Trends, Laguna Beach Outfall Area, California. Limn- ology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 112-123. BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M. RESIG 1964. Foraminifera, Los Angeles County Outfall Area. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 124- 137. 59 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M. RESIG 1965. Foraminiferal Trends, Hyperion Outfall, California. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 314- 332. BANDY, O. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M. RESIG 1965. Modification of Foraminiferal Dis- tribution by the Orange County Out- fall Area, California. Transactions of the Marine Technological Society, pp. 54-76. BURBANK, W. D., M. E. PIERCE and G. C. WHITELEY, JR. 1956. A Study of the Bottom Fauna of Rand's Harbor, Massachusetts: An Application of the Ecotone Concept. Ecological Monographs, vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 213-243. DEAN, D. and H. H. HASKIN 1964. Benthic Repopulation of the Rari- tan River Estuary Following Pollu- tion Abatement. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 551- 563. FILICE, F. P. 1954a. An Ecological Survey of the Castro Creek Area in San Pablo Bay. Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12, pp. 1-24. FILICE, F. P. 1954b. A Study of Some Factors Affect- ing the Bottom Fauna of a Portion of the San Francisco Bay Estuary. Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12, pp. 257-292. FILICE, F. P. 1958. Invertebrates from the Estuarine Portion of San Francisco Bay and Some Factors Influencing Their Dis- tributions. The Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 16, pp. 159-211. FILICE, F. P. 1959. The Effect of Wastes on the Dis- tribution of Bottom Invertebrates in the San Francisco Bay Estuary. The Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 17, pp. 1-17. HARTMAN, O. 1956. Contributions to a Biological Sur- vey of Santa Monica Bay, California. Final Report Submitted to Hyperion Engineers, Inc., by Geology Depart- ment, University of Southern Cali- fornia, pp. 1-161. HARTMAN, 0. 1960. The Benthonic Fauna of Southern California in Shallow Depths and Pos- sible Effects of Wastes on the Marine Biota. In: E. A. Pearson (ed.). Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment. Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 57- 81. HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M. JEFFREY 1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial Wastes. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888. HUME, N, B. and C. E, GUNNERSON 1962. Characteristics and Effects of Hyperion Effluent. Journal of the Wa- ter Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 15-35. McNuLTY, J. K. 1961. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol- lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Sedi- ments and the Distribution of Benthic and Fouling Macroorganisms. Bul- letin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 394- 447. NELSON, T. C. I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 203-211. REISH, D. J. and H. A. WINTER 1954. The Ecology of Alamitos Bay, California, with Special Reference to Pollution. California Fish and Game, vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 105-121. REISH, D. J. 1955. The Relation of Polychaetous Annelids to Harbor Pollution. Public Health Reports, U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, vol. 70, No. 12, pp. 1168-1174. REISH, D. J. 1956. An Ecological Study of Lower San Gabriel River, California, with Special Reference to Pollution. Cali- fornia Fish and Game, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 51-61. REISH, D. J. 1957. The Relationship of the Poly- 60 ------- WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS chaetous Annelid Capitella capitata, (Fabricius) to Waste Discharges of Biological Origin. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen- ter, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 195-200- REISH, D. J. 1959. An Ecological Study of Pollu- tion in Los Angeles—Long Beach Harbors, California. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper No. 22, pp. 1-19. RESIG, J. M. 1960. Foraminiferal Ecology Around Ocean Outfalls off Southern Cali- fornia. In: E. A. Pearson (ed). Waste Disposal in the Marine En- vironment, pp. 104-121. RlTTENBERG, S. C., T. MlTTWER and D. IVLEB 1958. Coliform Bacteria in Sediments Around Three Marine Sewage Out- falls. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 101-108. SANDERS, H. L. 1958. Benthic Studies in Buzzards Bay. I. Animal-Sediment Relationships. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 245-258. SMITH, R. I. 1953. The Distribution of the Poly- ehaete Neanthes lighti in the Salinas River Estuary, California. Biological Bulletin, vol. 105, No. 2, pp. 335-347. TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R. GIVEN 1965. Survey of the Marine Environ- ment Offshore of San Eli jo Lagoon, San Diego County. California Fish and Game, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 81-112. WALDICHUCK, M. and E. L. BOUSFIELD 1962. Amphipods in Low-Oxygen Ma- rine Waters Adjacent to a Sulphite Pulp Mill. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1163-1165. FISH AND SHELLFISH BIDWELL, M. H. and C. B. KELLY 1949. A Study of Duck Farm Pollution of a Shellfish Area. Papers of the National Shellfisheries Association, pp. 78-85. BULLER, R. J. and H. S. SPEAR 1950, Survey of the Sport Fishery of the Middle Atlantic Bight in 1948. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe- cial Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 7, pp. 1-20. BURDICK, G. E. 1954. An Analysis of the Factors, In- cluding Pollution, Having Possible Influence on the Abundance of Shad in the Hudson River. New York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 188-205. ELLIS, M. M., B. A. WESTFALL, D. K. MEYER and W. S. PLATNER 1947. Water Quality Studies of the Delaware River with Reference to Shad Migration. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 38, pp. 1-19. FISHER; L. M. 1938. Effects of Industrial Wastes and Sewage on Shellfish and Fin Fish. Civil Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp. 454-456. GALTSOFF, P. S. 1946. Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina- tion. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Research Report No. 11, pp. 1-28. GALTSOFF, P.. S. 1964. Environmental Factors Affecting Oyster Populations. In: The Ameri- can Oyster Crassostrea virginica Gmelin. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 64, pp. 397-456. GLUD, J. B. 1951. The Effect of Man on Shellfish Populations. Transactions of the North American Wildlife Conference, vol. 16, pp. 397-403. GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE 1961. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste Liquor. Part I. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186. GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE 1962. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste Liquor. Part II. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 7-9. HALL, F. G. 1929. The Influence of Varying Oxygen Tensions Upon the Rate of Oxygen 61 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTKOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Consumption in Marine Fishes. The American Journal of Physiology, vol. 88, pp. 212-218. HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD 1964. The Susceptibility of Salmonid Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con- ditions. I. Zinc Sulphate. Interna- tional Journal of Air and Water Pol- lution, vol. 8, No. 3-4, pp. 251-256. HOURSTON, A. S. and E. H. HERLIVEAUX 1957. A "Mass Mortality" of Fish in Alberni Harbor, British Columbia. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re- port No. 109, pp. 3-6. KELLY, C. B., W. ARCISZ, M. W. PRES- NELL and E. K. HARRIS 1960. Bacterial Accumulation by the Oyster, Crassostrea virginica on the Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- neering Center, Technical Report F60-4, pp. LEBOSQUET, M., JR. 1956. Sewage Treatment Protects Shell- fish Growing Areas. Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Associa- tion, vol. 46, pp. 35-38. MANSUETI, R. J. 1961. Effects of Civilization on Striped Bass and Other Estuarine Biota in Chesapeake Bay and Tributaries. Proceedings of the Gulf and Carib- bean Fisheries Institute, 14th Annual Session, pp. 110-136. NELSON, T. C. I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restrictions in Three New Jersey Estuaries. In : Biological Problems in Water Pollution — Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 203-211. PAUL, R. M. 1951. San Diego Bay Water Pollution Survey, Appendix II (pp. 67-80). Project No. 52-9-1, Department of Fish and Game. In : Report Upon the Extent, Effects and Limitations of Waste Disposal into San Diego Bay — 1951. San Diego Regional Water Pol- lution Control Board, San Diego, Cali- fornia, pp. 1-95. SYKES, J. E. and B. A. LEHMAN 1957, Past and Present Delaware River Shad Fishery and Considerations for Its Future. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Research Report No. 46, pp. -L—^O. WISE, R. I., J. W. WINSTON and G. CULLI 1948. Factors of Sewage Pollution of Oyster Beds in Galveston Bay. Ameri- can Journal of Public Health, vol. 38, No. 12, pp. 1109-1117. YOUNG, P. H. 1964. Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on Marine Life. California Fish and Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41. FLOWERING AQUATIC PUNTS COTTAM, C, and D. A. MUNRO 1954. Eelgrass Status and Environ- mental Relations. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 449- 460. DEXTER, R. W. 1944. Ecological Significance of the Dis- appearance of Eelgrass at Cape Ann, Massachusetts. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 173- 176. NUTRIENTS ANDERSON, D. R. 1940. Distribution of Organic Matter in Marine Sediments and Its Availability to Further Decomposition. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 225-235. ANDERSON, G. C. 1964. The Seasonal and Geographic Dis- tribution of Primary Productivity Off the Washington and Oregon Coasts. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 284-302. ATKINS, W. R. G. 1923. Phosphate Content of Waters in Relationship to Growth of Algal Plankton. Journal of the Marine Bi- ological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 99-150. 62 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS BARLOW, J. P., C. J. LORENZEN and R. T. MYREN 1963. Eutrophication of a Tidal Estu- ary. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 251-262. BEIN, S. J. 1957. The Relationship of Total Phos- phorus Concentrations in Sea Water to Red Tide Blooms. Bulletin of Ma- rine Science of the Gulf and Carib- bean, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 316-329. BURKHOLDER, P. R. and L. M. BURK- HOLDER 1956. Vitamin B12 in Suspended Solids and Marsh Muds Collected Along the Coast of Georgia. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 1, No, 3, pp. 202- 208. CONOVER, R. J. 1961. A Study of Charlestown and Green Hill Ponds, Rhode Island. Ecol- ogy, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 119-140. COOPER, L. H. N. 1941. The Rate of Liberation of Phos- phates in Sea Water by Breakdown of Plankton Organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 197-220. CURL, H. 1962. Effect of Divalent Sulphur and Vitamin B12 in Controlling the Distri- bution of Skeletonema costatum. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 422-424. DAISLEY. K. WT. and L. R. FISHER 1958. Vertical Distribution of Vitamin Bis in the Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 383-385. DROOP, M. R. 1957. Vitamin B-12 in Marine Ecology. Nature, vol. 180, pp. 1041-1042. EDMONDSON, W. T. and Y. H. EDMOND- SON 1947. Measurements of Production in Fertilized Sea Water. Journal of Ma- rine Research, vol. 6, pp. 228-246. EDMONDSON, W. T. 1955. Factors Affecting Productivity in Fertilized Salt Water. Papers in Ma- rine Biology and Oceanography, Sup- plement to Deep Sea Research, vol. 3, pp. 451-464. GRAHAM, H. W., J. M. AMISON and K. T. MARVIN 1954. Phosphorus Content of Waters Along the West Coast of Florida. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe- cial Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 122, pp. 1-43. GRILL, E. V. and F. A. RICHARDS 1964. Nutrient Regeneration from Phytoplankton Decomposing in Sea Water. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 51-69. GUILLARD, R. R. L. and P. J. WANGER- SKY 1958. The Production of Extracellular Carbohydrates by Some Marine Flag- ellates. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 449-454. HARRIS, E. and G. A. RILEY 1956. Oceanography of Long Island Sound, 1952-1954. VIII. Chemical Composition of the Plankton. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Col- lection, vol. 15, pp. 315-323. HARVEY, H. W. 1933. On the Rate of Diatom Growth. Journal of the Marine Biological As- sociation of the United Kingdom, vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 253-276. GEST, H. and M. D. KAMEN 1948. Studies on the Phosphorus Metab- olism of Green Algae and Purple Bac- teria in Relation to Photosynthesis. Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol. 176, pp. 299-318. HULBURT, E. M. 1956. Distribution of Phosphorus in Great Pond, Massachusetts. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 181-192. HUME, N. B. and C. E. GUNNERSON 1962. Characteristics and Effects of Hyperion Effluent. Journal of the Wa- ter Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 15-35. HUTNER, S. H. 1948. Essentiality of Constituents of Sea Water for Growth of a Marine Diatom. Transactions of the New York Academy of Science, Series No. 2, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 136-141. JEFFRIES, H. P. 1962. Environmental Characteristics of Raritan Bay, A Polluted Estuary. 63 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 21-31. JOHANNES, R. E. 1964. Phosphorus Excretion and Body Size in Marine Animals: Microzoo- plankton and Nutrient Regeneration. Science, vol. 146, pp. 923-924. JOHANNES, R. E. 1965. Influence of Marine Protozoa on Nutrient Regeneration. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 434-442. KETCHUM, B. H., R. F. VACCAEO and N. COEWIN 1958. The Annual Cycle of Phosphorus and Nitrogen in New England Coastal Waters. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 282-301. MARRIAGE, L. D. 1959. Relation of the Estuary to Marine Production. Proceedings of the 6th Symposium on Water Pollution Re- search, Department of Health, Educa- tion, and Welfare, U. S. Public Health Service, Portland, Oregon, pp. 1-33. McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and S. M. MILLER 1959. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol- lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis- tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chemi- - cal Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo- plankton. In: Transactions of the Second Seminar on Biological Prob- lems in Water Pollution, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. W60-3, pp. 189-202. MENZEL, D. W. and J. P. SPAETH 1962. Occurrence of Ammonia in Sar- gasso Sea Waters and in Rain Water at Bermuda, Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 7, No, 2, pp. 159-162. MUNK, W, H. and G. A. RILEY 1952. Absorption of Nutrients by Aquatic Plants. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 215-240. NASH, C. B. 1947. Environmental Characteristics of a River Estuary. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174. NEWCOMBE, C. L., W. A. HORNE and B. B. SHEPHERD 1939, Studies on the Physics and Chem- istry of Estuarine Waters in Chesa- peake Bay. Journal of Marine Re- search, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 87-116. NEWCOMBE, C. L. and H. F. BRUST 1940. Variations in the Phosphorus Con- tent of Estuarine Waters of the Chesa- peake Bay Near Solomons Island, Maryland. Journal of Marine Re- search, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 76-88. ODUM, H. T., J. B. LACKEY, J. HYNES and N. MARSHALL 1955. Some Red Tide Characteristics During 1952-1954. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258. ODUM, H. T., R. P, CUZON DU REST, R. J. BEYERS and C. ALLBAUGH 1963. Diurnal Metabolism, Total Phos- phorus, Ohle Anomaly, and Zooplank- ton Diversity of Abnormal Marine Ecosystems of Texas. Publication of the Institute of Marine Science of the University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404- 453. PARK, K., W. T. WILLIAMS, J. M. PRES- COTT and D. W. HOOD 1962. Amino Acids in Deep-Sea Water. Science, vol. 138, pp. 531-532. PATTEN, B. C. and J. R. LACEY 1961. Distribution of Ammonia Nitro- gen in the Lower York River, Vir- ginia, Spring 1961. Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Special Scientific Report, vol. 25, No. 1-3, pp. 4-13. POMEROY, L. R., E. E. SMITH and C. M. GRANT 1965. The Exchange of Phosphate Be- tween Estuarine Water and Sediment. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 167-172. PRATT, D. M. 1950. Experimental Study of the Phos- phorus Cycle in Fertilized Salt Water. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 29-54. RAKESTRAW, N. W. and T. VON BRAND 1947. Decomposition and Regeneration of Nitrogenous Organic Matter in Sea Water. VI. The Effect of Enzyme Poisons. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 110-114. 64 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS REDFIELD, A. C. 1958. The Biological Control of Chem- ical Factors in the Environment. American Scientist, vol. 46. No. 3, pp 205-221. RICE, T. R. 1953. Phosphorus Exchange in Marine Phytoplankton. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Fishery Bulletin 54, pp. 77-89. ^ RILEY, G. A. 1946. Factors Controlling Phytoplank- ton Populations on Georges Bank. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 54-73. RILEY, G. A. 1951. Oxygen, Phosphate, and Nitrate in the Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanography Collection, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 1-126. RYTHER, J. H. and D. D. KRAMER 1961. Relative Iron Requirement of Some Coastal and Offshore Plankton Algae. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 2, pp. 444-446. RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH 1958. Primary Production of Conti- nental Shelf Waters off New York. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 327-335. SAWYER, C. N. 1965. The Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos- ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 8, pp. 1122-1133. STARR, T. J. 1956. Relative Amounts of Vitamin B1S in Detritus from Oceanic and Estu- arine Environments Near Sapelo Is- land, Georgia. Ecology, vol. 37. No. 4, pp. 658-664. STEVENSON, R. E. and J. R. GRADY 1956. Plankton and Associated Nutri- ents in the Waters Surrounding Three Sewer Outfalls in Southern Cali- fornia. University of Southern Cali- fornia, Allan Hancock Foundation Report, pp. 1-48. TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD 1963. Some Physical and Biological Characteristics of Open Coastal Wa- ters and Their Relationship to Waste Discharge. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 365-388. VACCARO, R. F. 1963. Available Nitrogen and Phos- phorus and the Biochemical Cycle in the Atlantic off New England. Jour- nal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No, 3, pp. 284-301. VISHNIAC, H. S. and G. A. RILEY 1961. Cobalamin and Thiamine in Long Island Sound. Patterns of Distribu- tion and Ecological Significance. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 36-41. WHEATLAND, A. B., M. J. BARRETT and A. M. BRUCE 1959. Some Observations on Denitrifica- tion in Rivers and Estuaries. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sewage Purification, Part 2, pp. 149- 159. WILKINSON, L. 1963. Nitrogen Transformations in a Polluted Estuary. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 6, pp. 737-752. YENTSCH, C. S. and R. F. VACCARO 1958. Phytoplankton Nitrogen in the Oceans. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 443-448. YOUNG, E. G. and W. M. LANGILLE 1958. The Occurrence of Inorganic Ele- ments in Marine Algae of the Atlantic Provinces of Canada. Canadian Jour- nal of Botany, vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 301- O J_U» RECREATIONAL WATERS LEVINE, M., H. MINETTE and R. H. TANIMOTO 1960. Characteristics and Expeditious Detection of Bacterial Indices of Pol- lution of Marine Bathing Beaches. In: Pearson, E. A. {ed,)} Proceedings of the First International Conference on Waste Disposal in the Marine En- vironment, Berkeley, California, 1959. Pergamon Press Inc., New York, pp. 12-28. 65 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT MOORE, B. 1954. Sewage Contamination of Coastal Bathing Beaches. Bulletin of Hygiene, vol. 29, pp. 689-704. PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and J. E, McKEE 1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis- posal Research Program in California. California State Water Pollution Con- trol Board, Publication No. 22, pp. 1-77. SINDERMANN, C. J. and R. F. GIBBS 1953. A Dermatitis-Producing Schisto- some which Causes "Clam Diggers" Itch Along the Central Maine Coast. Maine Department of Sea Fisheries, Bulletin No. 12, pp. 1-20. SINDERMANN, C. J. 1956. The Ecology of Marine Derma- titis-Producing Schistosomes. I. Sea- sonal Variation in Infection of Mud Snails Nassa obsolete by Larvae of Austrobilharzia variglandis. Journal of Parasitology, Section 2, vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 1-27. SINDERMANN, C., A. ROSENFIELJD and L. STROM 1957. The Ecology of Marine Derma- titis-Producing Schistosomes. II. Ef- fects of Certain Environmental Fac- tors on Emergence of Cercariae of Austrobilharzia variglandis, Nassar- ius. Journal of Parasitology, vol. 43, No. 3, p. 382. SINDERMANN, C. and A. ROSENFIELD 1957. The Ecology of Marine Derma- titis - Producing Schistosomes. III. Oxygen Consumption of Normal and Parasitized Nassarius ofcsoZetits (Nassa obsoleta) Under Varying Con- ditions of Salinity. Journal of Para- sitology, Section 2, vol. 43, No. 5, pp. 1-28. STUNKARD, H. W. 1951. Causative Agents of Swimmer's Itch in Narragansett Bay, Rhode Is- land. Journal of Parasitology, Section 2, vol. 37, No. 5, pp. 26-27. WINSLOW, C. and D. MOXON 1928. Bacterial Pollution of Bathing Beach Waters in New Haven Harbor. American Journal of Hygiene, vol. 8, pp. 299-310. PESTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE BOYD, C. E. 1964. Insecticides Cause Mosquitofish to Abort. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 1-138. BUTLER, P. A., A. J. WILSON and A. J. RICK 1960. Effect of Pesticides on Oysters. Proceedings of the National Shellfish- eries Association, vol. 51, pp. 123-132. BUTLER, P. A. 1961. Effects of Pesticides on Commer- cial Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol. 13, pp. 168-172. BUTLER, P. A. and P. F. SRINGER 1963. Pesticides—A New Factor in Coastal Environments. Transactions of the North American Wildlife Con- ference, vol. 28, pp. 378-390. CHIN, E. and D. M. ALLEN 1957. Toxicity of an Insecticide to Two Species of Shrimp, Penaeus aztecus and Penaeus setiferus. Texas Jour- nal of Science, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 270- 278. CROKER, R. A. and A. J. WILSON 1965. Kinetics and Effects of DDT in a Tidal Marsh Ditch. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 94, No. 2, pp. 152-159. DARSIE, R. F., JR. and F. E. CORRIDEN 1959. The Toxicity of Malathion to Killi- fish (Cyprinodontidae) in Delaware. Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 52, No. 4, pp. 696-700. GEORGE, J. L., R. F. DARSIE and P. F. SPRINGER 1957. Effects on Wildlife of Aerial Ap- plications of Strobane, DDT, and BHC to Tidal Marshes in Delaware. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 42-53. HARRINGTON, R. W., JR. and W. L. Bro- LINGMAYER 1958. Effects of Dieldrin on Fishes and Invertebrates of a Salt Marsh. Jour- nal of Wildlife Management, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 76-82. 66 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS JANZEN, D. H. 1960. The Effects of Pesticides on Sport Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol. 12, pp. 50-55. LOWE, J. I. 1964. Chronic Exposure of Spot, Leios- tomus xanthurus, to Sublethal Con- centrations of Toxaphene in Sea Wa- ter. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 4, pp. 396-399. LOWE, J. I. 1965. Chronic Exposure of Blue Crabs, Callinectes sapidns, to Sublethal Con- centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46, No. 6, pp. 899-900. NELSON, A. L. and E. W. SURBER 1947. DDT Investigations by the Fish and Wildlife Service in 1946, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Sci- entific Reports, Fisheries No. 41, pp. 1-8. NELSON, T. C. 1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 203-211, RICHARDS, A. G. and L. K. CUTKOMP 1946. Correlation Between the Posses- sion of a Chitinous Cuticle and Sensi- tivity to DDT. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 97-108. RUBER, E. 1963. The Effects of Certain Mosquito Larvicides on Microcrustacean Popu- lations. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the New Jersey Mosquito Exterminators Association, vol. 50, pp. 256-263. SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER 1951. Biological Effects of DDT Appli- cation on Tidal Salt Marshes. Mos- quito News, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 67-74. SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER 1951. Biological Effects of DDT Appli- cation on Tidal Salt Marshes. Trans- actions of the North American Wild- life Conference, vol. 16, pp. 383-397. SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER 1951. Effects of DDT on Saltmarsh Wildlife: 1949. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Special Scientific Re- ports, Wildlife No. 10, pp. 1-24. TILLER, R. E. and E. N. CORY 1947. Effects of DDT on Some Tide- water Aquatic Animals. Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 431-433. UKELES, R. 1960. Effects of Several Toxicants on Five Genera of Marine Phytoplank- ton. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and Wildlife: A Review of Investigations During 1960. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service Circular No. 143, pp. 1-21. WEISS, C. M. 1959. Response of Fish to Sub-Lethal Exposures of Organic Phosphorus In- secticides. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 580-593. WERNER, A. E. and M. WALDICHUK 1961. Decay of Hexachlorocyclohexane in Sea Water. Journal of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 287-289. ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND ITS EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE ANDREWS, J. D., D. HAVEN and D. B. QUAYLE 1959. Fresh-water Kill of -Oysters (Crassostrea virginica) in James River, Virginia, 1958. Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Associa- tion, vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 29-49. BOURN, W. S. and C. COTTAM 1950. Some Biological Effects of Ditch- ing Tidewater Marshes. "U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scien- tific Reports, Research No. 19, pp. 1-30. BUTLER, P. A. 1952. Effect of Floodwaters on Oysters in Mississippi Sound in 1950. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Research No. 31, pp. 1-20. 67 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT COFFEY, P. J., W. R. SLATER and C. A. McCULLOUGH 1955. Water Quality and Waste Dis- posal. Appendix F of Report to the Water Project Authority of the State of California on Feasibility of Con- struction by the State of Barriers in the San Francisco Bay System. Divi- sion of Water Resources, Department of Public Works, State of California, pp. 1-71. COLTON, J. B., JR. 1959. A Field Observation of Mortality of Marine Fish Larvae Due to Wann- ing. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 219-222. CURL, H., JR. 1957. Changes in Bottom Topography off Alligator Harbor Since 1889. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 205-208. DAIBER, F. C. 1959. Tidal Marsh, Conflicts and Inter- actions. Estuarine Bulletin, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 4-16. DICKIE, L. M. and J. C. MEDCOF 1963. Causes of Mass Mortalities of Scallops (Plaeopecten magellanicus) ip the Southwestern Gulf of St. Lawrence. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 451-482. DOW, R. L. 1959. Investigations of Past, Present, and Possible Future Status of Fish and Shellfish Species in the United States Area Affected by the Passama- quoddy Power Project. In: Appendix III, Biology—United States. Interna- tional Passamaquoddy Fisheries Board, Report to International Joint Commission, Ottawa, Ontario, and Washington, D. C., pp. 1-103. HOESB, H. D. 1960. Biotic Changes in a Bay Associ- ated with the End of a Drought. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 326-336. INGLE, R. M. 1952. Studies on the Effect of Dredg- ing Operations upon Fish and Shell- fish. Florida Board of Conservation, Technical Series 5, pp. 1-25. KERSWILL, C. J. 1959. Effects of Proposed Passama- quoddy Power Project on Anadrom- ous Fishes in Canadian Waters. In: Appendix II, Studies in Fisheries Biology for the Passamaquoddy Power Project. International Passa- maquoddy Fisheries Board, Report to International Joint Commission, Ot- tawa, Ontario, and Washington, D. C., pp. 1-8. MARTIN, W. R. 1960. Predicted Effects of Proposed Tidal Power Structures on Ground- fish Catches in Charlotte County, N. B. Journal of the Fisheries Re- search Board of Canada, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 169-173. NELSON, T. C. 1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen- ter, U. S. Public Health Service, Cin- cinnati, Ohio, pp. 203-211. ODUM, H. T. 1963. Productivity Measurements in Texas Turtle Grass and the Effects of Dredging an Intracoastal Channel. Publications of the Institute of Ma- rine Science of the University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 48-58. OPPENHEIMER, C. H. 1963. Effects of Huricane Carla on the Ecology of Redfish Bay, Texas. Bul- letin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 59-72. PELGEN, D. E. 1955. The Effect of a San Francisco Salinity Control Barrier on Fisheries and Wildlife. Fish and Wildlife Ap- pendix C of Report to the Water Project Authority of the State of California on Feasibility of Con- struction by the State of Barriers in the San Francisco Bay System, Divi- sion of Water Resources, Department of Public Works, State of California, pp. 1-53. PERLMTJTTER, A. 1959. Our Changing Shoreline. New York State Conservationist, pp. 12- 15. 68 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL : MARINE WATERS PHILLIPS, R. C. I960. Ecology and Distribution of Ma- rine Algae Found in Tampa Bay, Boca Ciega Bay and at Tarpon Springs, Florida. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 222-260. PHILLIPS, R. C. 1960. Observations on the Ecology and Distribution of the Florida Sea- grasses. Florida State Board of Con- servation, Technical Series 2, pp. 1-72. RlLEY, G. A. 1937. The Significance of the Missis- sippi River Drainage for Biological Conditions in the Northern Gulf of Mexico. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 60-74. SCHULTZ, E. A, and H. B. SIMMONS 1957. Fresh Water-Salt Water Density Currents, a Major Cause of Siltation in Estuaries. Nineteenth Naviga- tional Congress, London, England— 1957, Paper S-II, C-3, pp. 1-20. SCHWARTZ, F. J. 1964. Effects of Winter Water Condi- tions on Fifteen Species of Captive Marine Fishes. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 71, No. 2, pp. 434- 444. SIMMONS, E. G. 1957. An Ecological Survey of the Upper Laguna Madre of Texas. Pub- lications of the Institute of Marine Science of the University of Texas, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 156-200. SOLOMON, C. H. 1965. Bait Shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) in Tampa Bay, Florida—Biology, Fishery Economics, and Changing Habitat. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries No. 520, pp. 1-16. STAUFFER, R. C. 1937. Changes in the Invertebrate Com- munity of a Lagoon after Disappear- ance of the Eelgrass. Ecology, vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 427-431. TABB, D. C. and A. C. JONES 1962. Effect of Hurricane Donna on the Aquatic Fauna of North Florida Bay. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 375-378. ZETLER, B. D. 1953. Some Effects of the Diversion of the Santee River on the Waters of Charleston Harbor. Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 729-732. RADIOACTIVITY AND ITS EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE BAPTIST, J. P. and T. J. PRICE 1962. Accumulation and Retention of Cesium1" by Marine Fishes. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scien- tific Reports, Fisheries No. 62, pp. 177-187. BOROUGHS, H., W. A. CHIPMAN and T. R. RICE 1957. Laboratory Experiments on the Uptake, Accumulation, and Loss of Radionuclides by Marine Organisms. In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fisheries. Na- tional Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publication No. 551, pp. 80-87. BOWEN, H. J. M. 1956. Strontium and Barium in Sea Wa- ter and Marine Organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 451-460. BRYAN, G. W. 1963. The Accumulation of Caesium-137 by Brackish-Water Invertebrates and Its Relation to the Regulation of Potassium and Sodium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 541-565. BRYAN, G. W. 1963. The Accumulation of Radioactive Caesium by Marine Invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological As- sociation of the United Kingdom, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 519-539. CARRITT, D. E. 1960. Disposal into the Sea and into Geological Structures of Wastes Re- sulting from the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy. Disposal of Radioac- tive Wastes, vol. 2, Conference Pro- ceedings, Monaco, November 16—21, 1959, pp. 259-264. 69 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT CARRITT, D. E. and J. H. HARLEY 1957. Precipitation of Fission Product Elements on the Ocean Bottom by Physical, Chemical, and Biological Processes. In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fish- eries. National Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publica- tion No. 551, pp. 60-68. CARRITT, D. E. 1959. Radioactive Waste Disposal into Atlantic and Gulf Coast Waters. Na- tional Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publication No. 655, pp. 1-37. CHIPMAN, W. A., T. R. RICE and T. J. PRICE 1958. Uptake and Accumulation of Radioactive Zinc by Marine Plankton, Fish, and Shellfish. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fisheries Bulletin No. 135, pp. 279-292. CHIPMAN, W. A. 1958. Biological Accumulation of Radio- active Materials. First Texas Confer- ence on Uses of Atomic Energy, Spe- cial Publication of Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, College Station, Texas, pp. 36-41. CHIPMAN, W. A. 1959. Accumulation of Radioactive Ma- terials by Fishery Organisms. Pro- ceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol. 11, pp. 97- 110, 115. CHIPMAN, W. A. 1959. Disposal of Radioactive Materials and Its Relation to Fisheries. Pro- ceedings of the National Shellfisheries Association, vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 5-12. CHIPMAN, W. A. 1959. Accumulation of Radioactive Pol- lutants by Marine Organisms and Its Relation to Fisheries. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 2nd Seminar, Robert A, Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Publication No. W60-3, pp. 8-14. DEXTER, R. W. 1962. Studies on Marine Food Chains which could Introduce Radioactive Materials to Man, and on Annual Changes in Certain Natural Popula- tions. Final Report. U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, TID-17907, pp. 1-14. DONALDSON, L. R. and R. F. FOSTER 1957. Effects of Radiation on Aquatic Organisms. In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fish- eries. National Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publica- tion No. 551, pp. 96-102. FITZGERALD, B. W. and D. M. SKAUEN 1963. Zinc-65 in Oysters in Fishers Island Sound and its Estuaries. In: Radioecology. Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, pp. 159-162. GORBMAN, A. and M. S. JAMES 1963. An Exploratory Study of Radia- tion Damage in the Thyroids of Coral Reef Fishes from the Eniwetok Atoll. In: Radioecology. Reinhold Publish- ing Corporation, New York, pp. 385- 399. GUTKNECHT, J. 1961. Mechanism of Radioactive Zinc Uptake by Ulva lactuca. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 426-431. GUTKNECHT, J. 1965. Uptake and Retention of Cesium- 137 and Zinc-65 by Seaweeds. Limn- ology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 58-66. HATFIELD, T. W., D. M. SKATJEN and J. S. RANKIN, JR. 1963. Gross Beta Radioactivity in Ma- rine Organisms. In: Radioecology. Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, pp. 141-143. HIGGINS, E. 1951. Atomic Radiation Hazards for Fish. Journal of Wildlife Manage- ment, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-12. Hoss, D. E. 1964. Accumulation of Zinc-65 by Floun- der of the Genus Paralichthys. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 93, No. 4, pp. 364-368. JAFFE, G. and J. H. HUGHES 1953. The Radioactivity of Bottom Sedi- ments in Chesapeake Bay. Transac- tions of the American Geophysical Union, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 539-542. JONES, R. F. 1960. The Accumulation of Nitrosyl Ruthenium by Fine Particles and Marine Organisms. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 312- 325. 70 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS KETCHTJM, B. H. and V. T. BOWEN 1958. Biological Factors Determining the Distribution of Radioisotopes in the Sea. Proceedings of the Interna- tional Conference on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, No. 18, pp. 429-433. KETCHUM, B. H. 1960. Oceanographic Research Required in Support of Radioactive Waste Dis- posal. Disposal of Radioactive Wastes, vol. 2, Conference Proceedings, Monaco, November 16-21, 1959, pp. 283-291. KRUMHOLZ, L. A., E. D. GOLDBERG and H. BOROUGHS 1957. Ecological Factors Involved in the Uptake, Accumulation, and Loss of Radionuclides by Aquatic Organisms. In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fisheries, Na- tional Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publication No. 551, pp. 69-79. KRUMHOLZ, L. A. and R. F. FOSTER 1957. Accumulation and Retention of Radioactivity from Fission Products and Other Radiomaterials by Fresh- Water Organisms. In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fisheries. National Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publication No. 551, pp. 88-95. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 1962. Disposal of Low-Level Radioactive Waste into Pacific Coastal Waters. National Academy of Science, Na- tional Research Council, Publication No. 985, pp. 1-100. MAUCHLINE, J. and A. M. TAYLOR 1964. The Accumulation of Radio- nuclides by the Thornback Ray, Raia clavata L., in the Irish Sea, Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 303-309. MAUCHLINE, J. and W, L. TEMPLETON 1963. Dispersion in the Irish Sea of the Radioactive Liquid Effluent from Windscale Works of the U. K. Atomic Energy Authority. Nature, vol. 198, pp. 623-626. OSTERBERG, C., J. PATTULLO and W. PEARCY 1964. Zinc 65 in Euphausiids as Related to Columbia River Water off the Oregon Coast. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 249-257. OSTERBERG, C., W. G. PEARCY and H. CURL 1964. Radioactivity and Its Relationship to Oceanic Food Chains. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 2-12. PEARCY, W. G. and C. L. OSTERBERG 1964. Vertical Distribution of Radio- nuclides as Measured in Oceanic Ani- mals. Nature, vol. 204, pp. 440-441. PRICE, T. J. 1962. Accumulation of Radionuclides and the Effects of Radiation on Mol- luscs. In: Biological Problems in Wa- ter Pollution—Transactions of the 3rd Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En- gineering Center. Public Health Serv- ice Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 202-210. PRITCHARD, D. W. 1960. Problems Related to Disposal of Radioactive Wastes in Estuarine and Coastal Waters. In: Biological Prob- lems in Water Pollution—Transac- tions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 22-32. RAY, K. M. (ed.) 1962. Oceanographic Studies During Operation "Wigwam." Limnology and Oceanography, Supplement to Volume 7, pp. 1-91. REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER 1957. General Considerations Concern- ing the Ocean as a Receptacle for Ar- tificially Radioactive Materials. Na- tional Academy of Science. National Research Council, Publication No. 511, pp. 1-25, REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER 1958. Oceanic Research Needed for Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes at Sea. Proceedings 2nd International Conference on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy, June 1958, Session D-19, P/2431, pp. 364-370. RICE, T. R. 1956. The Accumulation and Exchange of Strontium by Marine Plankton Algae. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 123-138. 71 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT RICE, T. R. and V. M. WILLIS 1959. Uptake, Accumulation and Loss of Radioactive Cerium-144 by Marine Planktonic Algae. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 277- 290. SABO, J. J. and P. H. BEDROSIAN (Editors) 1963. Studies of the Fate of Certain Radionuclides in Estuariane and Other Aquatic Environments. U. S. Public Health Service Publication No. 999-R-3, p. 1-73. SCHAEFER, M. B. 1960. New Research Required in Sup- port of Radioactive Waste Disposal. Disposal of Radioactive Wastes, vol. 2, Conference Proceedings, Monaco, November 16-21, 1959, pp. 265-282. SEYMOUR, A. H. 1963. Radioactivity of Marine Orga- nisms from Guam, Palau and the Gulf of Siam, 1958-1959. In: Radioecology. Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, pp. 151-157. SKAUEN, D. M. 1963. Radioactive Zinc-65 in Marine Organisms in Fisher's Island Sound and Its Estuaries. Final Report, De- cember 1, 1959 through November 30, 1963. U. S. Atomic Energy Commis- sion, TID-19922, pp. 1-52. TAYLOR, W. R. 1960. Some Results of Studies on the Uptake of Radioactive Waste Mate- rials by Marine and Estuarine Phyto- plankton Organisms Using Continu- ous Culture Techniques. Chesapeake Bay Institute, Technical Report, No. 21, pp. TOWNSLEY, S. J., R. E. JOHANNES and B. T. SATHER 1962. The Accumulation of Radioactive Isotopes by Tropical Marine Orga- nisms. Annual Report, 1961-1962. U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, TID-19104, pp. 1-52. WATSON, D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W. C. HANSON 1961. Zinc-65 in Marine Organisms Along the Oregon and Washington Coasts. Science, vol. 133, pp. 1826- 1828. WATSON, D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W. C. HANSON 1963. Interspecies Differences in Ac- cumulation of Gamma Emitters by Marine Organisms near the Columbia River Mouth. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 305-308. TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS ALDERDICE, D. F. 1963. Some Effects of Simultaneous Variation in Salinity, Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis- tance of Young Coho Salmon to a Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 525-550. BEAVER, G. F., C. K. RAWLS and G. E. BECKETT 1962. Field Observations upon Estuarine Animals Exposed to 2,4—D. Proceed- ings of the Northeast Weed Control Conference, No. 16, pp. 449-458. BERGMAN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH 1963. Observations on the Mechanism of Action and on the Quantitative As- say of Ichthyotoxin from Prymnesium parvum. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, vol. 5, pp. 637-649. CHADWICK, H. K. 1960. Toxicity of Tricon Oil Spill Eradi- cator to Striped Bass Roccus sexatilis. California Fish and Game, vol. 46, No. 3, pp. 371-372. CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER 1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158. COLLIER, A., S. RAY, W. MAGNITZKY and J. O. BELL 1953. Effect of Dissolved Organic Sub- stances on Oysters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 54, No. 84, pp. 167-185. COOPER, R. A., S. B. CHENOWETH and N. MARSHALL 1964. Condition of the Quahog, Merce- naria mercenaria, from Polluted and Unpolluted Waters. Chesapeake Sci- ence, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 155-160. 72 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR. 1951. A Proposed Toxicity Test for In- dustrial Wastes to be Discharged to Marine Waters. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 8, pp. 1029- 1031. DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR. 1951. Effects of Some Chemicals Used in Oil Well Drilling on Marine Ani- mals. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 1282-1287. DAVIS, C. C. 1948. Studies of the Effects of Indus- trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area. 2. The Effect of Copper- as Pollution on Plankton. Publica- tions of the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, vol. 72, No. 1, pp. 1-12. DAVIS, H. C. and P. E. CHANLEY 1956. Effects of Some Dissolved Sub- stances on Bivalve Larvae. Proceed- ings of the National Shellfisheries As- sociation, vol. 46, pp. 59-74. EISLER, R. 1965, Some Effects of a Synthetic De- tergent on Estuarine Fishes. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 94, No. 1, pp. 26-31. GALTSOFF, P. S. 1932. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. II. The Effect of Sulphite Waste Liquor on the Rate of Feeding of Ostrea, lurida and Ostrea gigas. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47, No. 6, pp. 162-167. GALTSOFF, P. S. 1946. Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina- tion. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Research No. 11, pp. 1-28. GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, JR., J. B. ENGLE and H. N. CALDERWOOD 1947. Ecological and Physiological Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York River, Virginia. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 51, No. 43, pp. 59-186. GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON 1960. The Toxicity of Gonyaulax moni- lata Howell to Mugil cepkalus. Limn- ology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 171-174. HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E. DlMICK 1953. The Lethality of Methyl Mercap- tan to King Salmon as Influenced by Variation of the Volume of Test Solu- tion. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 131-133. HENDERSON, W. L. 1959. Studies on the Use of Membrane Filters for the Estimation of Coliform Densities in Sea Water. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 78-91. HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD 1964. The Susceptibility of Salmonid Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con- ditions—I. Zinc Sulphate. Interna- tional Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 8, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 251-256. HOOD, D. W., T. W. DUKE and B. STEVENSON 1960. Measurement of Toxicity of Or- ganic Wastes to Marine Organisms. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 32, No. 9, pp. 982-993. LINDSAY, C. E. 1960. The Bio-assay Approach to Estu- arine Pollution Problems. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federa- tion, vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 195-197. LOWE, J. I. 1965. Chronic Exposure of Blue Crabs, Callinectes sapidus, to Sublethal Con- centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46, No. 6, pp. 899-900. MACKIN, J. G. 1961. Mortalities of Oysters. Proceed- ings of the National Shellfisheries As- sociation, vol. 50, pp. 21—40. MARVIN, K. T., L. M. LANSFORD and R. S. WHEELER 1961. Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol- ogy of a Lagoon. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 184, pp. 153-160. NELSON, T. C. 1921. Some Aspects of Pollution as Af- fecting Oyster Propagation. American Journal of Public Health, vol. 11, No. 6, pp. 498-501. 73 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and J. E. McKEE 1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis- posal Research Program in California. State Water Pollution Control Board, Sacramento, California, Publication No. 22, pp. 1-77. PULLEY, T. E. 1950. The Effect of Aluminum Chloride in Small Concentrations on Various Marine Organisms, Texas Journal of Science, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 405-411. RAWLS, C. K. 1965. Field Tests of Herbicide Toxicity to Certain Estuarine Animals. Chesa- peake Science, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 150- 161. RAYMONT, J. E. G, and J, SHIELDS 1963. Toxicity of Copper and Chromium in the Marine Environment. Interna- tional Journal of Air and Water Pol- lution, vol. 7, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 435-443. REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD 1960. Field Toxicity Tests in Marine Waters Utilizing the Polychaetous Annelid, Capitella capitata (Frabic- ius). Pacific Naturalist, vol. 1, No. 21, pp. 1-S. RITCHIE, L. S.} I. Fox, L. P. FRICK and L. A. BERRIES-DURAN 1963. Molluskicidal Qualities of Dinex (dinitro-o-cyclohexylphenol) Revealed by 6-Hour and 24-Hour Exposures Against Representative Stages and S:zes of Australorbis glabratus. Bul- letin of the World Health Organiza- tion, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 545-^548. STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES 1957. The Effect of Copper on the Growth of Bacteria Isolated from Ma- rine Environments. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 33-36, TAGATZ, M. E. 1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and Toxicity of Petroleum Products to Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 65-71. UKELES, R. 1962. Growth of Pure Cultures of Ma- rine Phytoplankton in the Presence of Toxicants. Applied Microbiology, vol. 10, No. 6, pp. 532-537. WAUGH, G. D. 1964. Observations on the Effects of Chlorine on the Larvae of Oysters (Ostrea edulis L.) and Barnacles (Etminius modestus Darwin). Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 54, No. 3, pp. 423-440. YOUNG, P. H. 1964. Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on Marine Life. California Fish and Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41. TECHNIQUES BARNARD, J. L. and G. F. JONES 1960. Techniques in a Large Scale Sur- vey of Marine Benthic Biology. In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Disposal of Wastes in the Marine Environment. Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 413- 447. BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON 1960. The Spread Plate as a Method for the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 78-80. BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON 1961. The Effect of Tween 80 on the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria by the Spread and Pour Plate Methods. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 42-44. BURT, W. V. and L. D. MARRIAGE 1957. Computation of Pollution in the Yaquina River Estuary. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 12, pp. 1385-1389. CLARK, J. R. and R. L. CLARK 1964. Sea-Water Systems for Experi- mental Aquariums. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Research Report, Fisheries No. 63, pp. 1-192. DODSON, A. N. and W. H. THOMAS 1964. Concentrating Plankton in a Gen- tle Fashion. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 455-456. HOHN, M. H. 1959. The Use of Diatom Populations as a Measure of Water Quality in Selected Areas of Galveston and Chocolate Bay, Texas. Publications of the Institute of Marine Science of the University of Texas, vol. 6, pp. 206-212. 74 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS HOLMES, R. W. 1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto- plankton for Microscopic Examination and Enumeration on Molecular Filters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice, Special Scientific Report No. 433, pp. 1-6. JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E. JONES 1959. Bacterial Populations in Sea Wa- ter as Determined by Different Meth- ods of Enumeration. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 128- 139. JOHNSON, M. C. 1954. A Suggested Inorganic Fertilizer for Use in Brackish Water. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 119-127. KUTKUHN, J. H. 1958. Notes on the Precision of Numer- ical and Volumetric Plankton Esti- mates from Small-Sample Concen- trates. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83. MOORE, J. K. 1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter- ing and Preserving Marine Phyto- plankton on a Membrane Filter. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 304-305. ODUM, E. P. and R. W. BACHMANN 1959. Uptake of Zinc-65 and Primary Productivity in Marine Benthic Algae. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 117, pp. 1-421. ODUM, H. T. 1960. Analyses of Diurnal Oxygen Curves for the Essay of Reaeration Rates and Metabolism in Polluted Ma- rine Bays. In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Disposal in the Marine En- vironment. Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 547-555. ORLOB, G. T. 1956. Evaluating Bacterial Contamina- tion in Sea Water Samples. Public Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 12, pp. 1246-1252. PARSONS, T. R. and J. D. H. STRICKLAND 1963. Discussion of Spectrophotometric Determination of Marine-Plant Pig- ments, with Revised Equations for Ascertaining Chlorophylls and Caro- tenoids. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 155-163. PRATT, D. M. and H. BERKSON 1959. Two Sources of Error in the Oxy- gen Light and Dark Bottle Method. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 328-334. PRESNELL, M. W., W. ARCISZ and C. B. KELLY 1954. Comparison of the Membrane Filter and Most Probable Number Techniques in Examining Sea Water. Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 3, pp. 300-304. REISH, D. J. 1961. The Use of the Sediment Bottle Collector for Monitoring Polluted Ma- rine Waters. California Fish and Game, vol. 47, No. 3, pp. 261-272. RICHARDS, F. A. with T. C. THOMPSON 1952. The Estimation and Characteriza- tion of Plankton Populations by Pig- ment Analysis. II. A Spectrophoto- metric Method for the Estimation of Plankton Pigments. Journal of Ma- rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 156- 175. REISH, D. J. 1960. The Use of Marine Invertebrates as Indicators of Water Quality. In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment. Perga- mon Press, New York, pp. 92-103. RYTHER, J. H. 1956. The Measurement of Primary Production. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 72-84. RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH 1957. The Estimation of Phytoplankton Production in the Ocean from Chloro- phyll and Light Data. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 281- 286. RYTHER, J. H. and R. R. L. GUILLARD 1959. Enrichment Experiments as a Means of Studying Nutrients Limit- ing to Phytoplankton Production. Deep Sea Research, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 65-69. SAYED, S. Z. E. and B. D. LEE 1963. Evaluation of an Automatic Tech- nique for Counting Unicellular Orga- nisms. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 59-73. 75 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT SIMMONS, H. B. 1960. Application and Limitations of Estuary Models in Pollution Analyses. In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Dis- posal in the Marine Environment. Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 540- 546. TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R. GIVEN 1964. An Ecological Survey of a Marine Environment Prior to Installation of a Submarine Outfall. California Fish and Game, vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 176-188. TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R. GIVEN 1965. Survey of the Marine Environ- ment Off Shore of San Elijo Lagoon, San Diego County. California Fish and Game, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 81-112. SAMPLERS ALLEN, D. M. and A. INGLIS 1958. A Pushnet for Quantitative Sampling of Shrimp in Shallow Estu- aries. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 239-241. BODMAN, R. H., L. V. SLABAWJH and V. T. BOWEN 1961. A Multi-Purpose Large-Volume Sea-Water Sampler. Journal of Ma- rine Research, vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 141- 148. BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON 1960. The Spread Plate as a Method for the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 78-80. COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY 1948. An Automatic Proportioning Ap- paratus for Experimental Study of the Effects of Chemical Solutions on Aquatic Animals. Science, vol. 107, pp. 576-577. GAUL, R. D,, D. D. KETCHUM, J. T. SHAW and J. M. SNODGRASS (eds.) 1962. Marine Sciences Instrumentation. Plenum Press, New York, vol. 1, 354 PP. HOLME, N. A. 1964. Methods of Sampling the Benthos. In: Russell, F. S. (ed.), Advances in Marine Biology, vol. 2, Academic Press, Inc. (London) Ltd., 274 pp. HOLMES, R. W. 1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto- plankton for Microscopic Examina- tion and Enumeration on Molecular Filters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice, Special Scientific Report, Fish- eries No. 433, pp. 1-6. KIMBALL, J. F., JR. and E. J. F. WOOD 1964. A Simple Centrifuge for Phyto- plankton Studies. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 539-544. MAClNTYRE, R. J. 1964. A Box Dredge for Quantitative Sampling of Benthic Organisms. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 460-461. MERNA, J. W. 1962. Quantitative Sampling with the Orange Peel Dredge. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 432- 433. MILLER, D. 1962. A Modification of the Small Hardy Plankton Sampler for Simultaneous High-Speed Plankton Hauls. Bulletin of Marine Ecology, vol. 5, No. 45, pp. 165-172. MOORE, J. K. 1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter- ing and Preserving Marine Phyto- plankton on a Membrane Filter. Limn- ology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 304-305. MURRAY, J. W. 1962. A New Bottom-Water Sampler for Ecplogists. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 499-501. PEARCY, W. G. and L. HUBBARD 1964. A Modification of the Isaacs-Kidd Midwater Trawl for Sampling at Dif- ferent Depth Intervals. Deep Sea Re- search, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 263-264. SACHS, P. L. and S. 0. RAYMOND 1965. A New Unattached Sediment Sampler. Journal of Marine Research, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 44-53. SOLI, G. 1964. A System for Isolating Phyto- plankton Organisms in Unialgal and Bacteria-Free Culture. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp, 265-268. 78 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC LIFE BROAD, A. C. 1965. Environmental Requirements of Shrimp. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 86-91. COULSON, E. J., H. LEVINE and R, E. REMINGTON 1932. Oysters and Anemia. American Journal of Public Health, vol. 22, No. 11, pp. 1141-1146. RAYMONT, J. E. G. 1959. The Respiration of some Plank- tonic Copepods III. The Oxygen Re- quirements of some American Species. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 479-491. INDUSTRIAL WASTES GENERAL REFERENCES EBERMAN, J. W. 1956. Disposal of Wastes at Sea. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1365-1370. DEUBLER, E. E., JR. and G. S. POSNER 1963. Response of Postlarval Flounders, Paralicthys lethostigma, to Water of Low Oxygen Concentrations. Copeia, No. 2, pp. 312-319. Dow, R. L. 1958. Sanitary Criteria for Shellfish by Species and by Area. Proceedings of the National Shellfisheries Associa- tion, vol. 48, pp. 23-29. GALTSOPF, P. S. 1960. Environmental Requirements of Oysters in Relation to Pollution. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollu- tion—Transactions of the 1959 Semi- nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi- neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 128-134. FISHER, L. M. 1938. Effects of Industrial Wastes and Sewage on Shellfish and Fin Fish. Civil Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp. 454-456. HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M. JEFFREY 1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial Wastes. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, No. 50, pp. 885-888. INGRAM, W. M. and P. DOUDOROFF 1953. Selected Bibliography of Publica- tions on Industrial Wastes Relating to Fish and Oysters. Public Health Service Publication No. 270, (Public Health Service Bibliography Series No. 10), pp. 1-28. CAREER, W. F. 1956. Bacteriological Standards for Bathing Waters. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 795- 808. HUNTER, A. C. and C. W. HARRISON 1928. Bacteriology and Chemistry of Oysters, with Special Reference to Regulatory Control of Production, Handling, and Shipment. U. S. De- partment of Agriculture, Technical Bulletin No. 64, pp. 1-75. LOOSANOFP, V. L., H. C. DAVIS and P. E. CHANLEY 1955. Food Requirements of Some Bi- valve Larvae. Proceedings of the Na- tional Shellfisheries Association, vol. 45, pp. 66-83. KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. P. and G. Vis- WESWARA 1963. Hydrobiological Studies with Ref- erence to Sudden Fish Mortality. Hydrbiologia, vol. 21, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 275-303. OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L. TRESSLER 1941. Studies of the Effects of Indus- trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area. Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Publication No. 43, pp. 1-40. REDFIELD, A. C. and L. A. WALFORD 1951. A Study of the Disposal of Chem- ical Wastes at Sea. National Academy of Sciences—National Research Coun- cil, Publication 201, pp. 1-49. 77 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT COOLING WATER DOUDOROFF, P. 1938. Reactions of Marine Fishes to Temperature Gradients. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 75, pp. 494-509. DOUDOROFF, P. 1942. The Resistance and Acclimation of Marine Fishes to Temperature Changes. I. Experiments with Girella nigricans (Ayers). Biological Bul- letin, Woods Hole, vol. 83, pp. 219-244. DOUDOROFF, P. 1945. The Resistance and Acclimation of Marine Fishes to Temperature Changes. II. Experiments with Fun- dulus and Atkerinops. Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 88, pp. 194-206. GAMESON, A. L. H., H. HALL and W. S. PREDDY 1957. Effects of Heated Discharges on the Temperature of the Thames Estu- ary. The Engineer, December 6, 13 and 20, 1957, Water Pollution Re- search Laboratory Reprint No. 318, pp. 3-12. MABKOWSKI, S. 1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta- tions: A New Factor in the Environ- ment of Marine and Freshwater Invertebrates. Journal of Animal Ecology, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258. REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD 1959. Marine Pollution. Water and Sew- age Works, vol. 106, No. 6, pp. 259-262. as Pollution on Plankton. Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Publication No. 72, pp. 3-12. NELSON, T. C. I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para- sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three New Jersey Estuaries. Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Trans- actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen- ter, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 203-211. O'CONNOR, J. T., C. E, RENN and L WINTNER 1964. Zinc Concentrations in Rivers of the Chesapeake Bay Region. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 56, No. 3, pp. 280-286. PETROLEUM ANON. 1926. Oil Pollution of Navigable Wa- ters. Appendix 6, Report of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries: Preliminary In- vestigation on Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine Pelagic Eggs. April 1925, pp. 85-92. CHIPMAN, W. A. and P. S. GALTSOFF 1949. Effects of Oil Mixed with Carbon- ized Sand on Aquatic Animals. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Report, Fisheries No. 1, pp. 1-52. COLE, B. T., H. J. BENNET and J. D. MILLER 1958. Tolerance of Euryhaline Fish Forms to Dilutions of Oil Field Bleed Water. Proceedings of the Louisiana Academy of Science, vol. 20, pp. 13- METALS AND MANUFACTURING ARNOLD, E. L., JR. and W. F. ROYCE 1950. Observations of the Effect of Acid- Iron Waste Disposal at Sea on Animal Populations. U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Scientific Reports, Fisheries, No. 11, pp. 1-12. DAVIS, C. C. 1948. Studies of the Effects of Indus- trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco River Area, 2: The Effect of Copper- DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR. 1951. Effects of Some Chemicals Used in Oil Well Drilling on Marine Ani- mals. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 1282-1287. GALTSOFF, P. S., H. F. PRYTHERCH, et al. 1935. Effects of Crude Oil Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 48, pp. 142-210. GALTSOFF, P. S. 1936. Oil Pollution in Coastal Waters. Proceedings of the North American 78 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS Wildlife Conference, February 3-7, 1936, Senate Committee Print, 74th Congress, Second Session, pp. 550-555. GILES, L. A., JR. and J. LIVINGSTON 1960. Oil Pollution of the Seas. Trans- actions of the North American Wild- life Conference, vol. 25, pp. 297-303. GOWANLOCH, J. N. 1935. Pollution by Oil in Relation to Oysters. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 65, pp. 293-296. GUTSELL, J. S. 1921. Danger to Fisheries from Oil and Tar Pollution of Waters. Appendix VII, Report of U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries for 1921, pp. 3-10. HART, J. L., H. B. MARSHALL, and D. BEALL 1933. The Extent of the Pollution Caused by Pilchard Reduction Plants in Brit- ish Columbia. Bulletin of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, No. 39, pp. 1-11. HART, J. L. 1933. The Investigation of Pollution by Pilchard Reduction Plants. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Report No. 16, pp. 14-15. HAWKES, A. L. 1961. A Review of the Nature and Ex- tent of Damage Caused by Oil Pollu- tion at Sea. Transactions of the North American Wildlife and Natural Re- sources Conference, vol. 26, pp. 343- 355. HOPKINS, A. E. 1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. I. The Effect of Sulphite Waste Liquor on the Oyster, Ostrea lurida. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47, No. 6, pp. 125-162. LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al. 1924. Effect of Oil Pollution of Coast and Other Waters on the Public Health. Public Health Reports, vol. 39, No. 12, pp. 1657-1664. LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al. 1925. Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine and Wildlife. Appendix 5 to Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries for 1925, Bureau of Fisheries Docu- ment No. 995, pp. 171-181. LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, H. F. FISHER and P. N. HARDING 1926. Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine and Wildlife. Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries for 1925, pp. 171-181. MCDONALD, M. 1885. Report on the Pollution of the Potomac River by the Discharge of Waste Products from Gas Manufac- ture. U. S. Fish Commission Bulletin, No. 5, pp. 125-126. TAGATZ, M. E. 1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and Toxicity of Petroleum Products to Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1/2, pp. 65-71. ZoBELL, C. E. 1963. The Occurrence, Effects, and Fate of Oil Polluting the Sea. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 2/3, pp. 173-178. PULP, PAPER, AND TEXTILES ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT 1957. Some Effects of Kraft Mill Efflu- ent on Young Pacific Salmon. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 783-795. BARTSCH, A. F. 1963. Paper Mill Pollution in Puget Sound. Transactions of the North American Wildlife Conference, vol. 28, pp. 1-369. BREESE, W. P., R. E. MILLEMANN and R. E. DIMICK 1963. Stimulation of Spawning in the Mussels, Mytilus edulis Linnaeus and Mytilus californianus Conrad by Kraft Mill Effluent. Biological Bul- letin, Woods Hole, vol. 25, pp. 1-197. CHIPMAN, W. A. 1948. Physiological Effects of Sulphate Pulp Mill Wastes on Shellfish. Paper Trade Journal, vol. 127, No. 12, pp. 47-49. GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al. 1938. Preliminary Report on the Decline of the Oyster Industry of the York River, Virginia, and the Effects of 79 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Palp-Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, Investigational Report No. 37, vol. 2, pp. 1-42. GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al, 1947. Ecological and Physiological Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York River, Virginia. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 43, pp. 59-186. GREER, B. A., R. E. GILLESPIE and P. C. TRUSSELL 1956. Biochemical Oxygen Demand of Total Effluent from Full-Bleach Kraft Mill. Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 39, No. 8, pp. 599-602. GUKTER, G. and J. McKEE 1960. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste Liquor. A Report for the Pollution Control Commission of the State of Washington, pp. 1-93. GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE 1961. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste Liquor. Part I. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186. GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE 1962. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste Liquor. Part II. Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 7-9. HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E. DIMICK 1952. The Effects of Kraft Mill Waste Components on Certain Salmonid Fishes of the Pacific Northwest Tech- nical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 35, No. 12, pp. 545-549. HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.) 1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfite Waste Liquor on Young Salmon. State of Washington, Department of Fisheries, Research Bulletin No. 1, pp. 1-111. HOPKINS, A. E., P. S. GALTSOFF and H. C. McMimN 1931. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fishery Bulletin, vol. 47, pp. 125-186. JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E. BOND and P. DOUDOROFF 1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 12, pp. 1403-1413. MCKERNAN, D. L., V. TARTAR and R. TOLLEFSON 1949. An Investigation of the Decline of the Native Oyster Industry of the State of Washington, with Special Reference to the Effects of Sulfite Pulp Mill Waste on the Olympia Oyster (Ostrea lurida). State of Washington Department of Fisheries Biological Report No, 49a, pp. 115- 165. McMlLLlN, H. C. 1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. III. Investigations of Oyster Mortality in Oakland Bay, Washing- ton. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47, No. 6, pp. 167-186. ODLAUG, T. 0. 1946. Effects of Stabilized and Unstabi- lized Waste Sulfite Liquor on the Olympia Oyster, Ostrea lurida. Trans- actions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 68, No. 3, pp. 163-182. ORLOB, G. T. and E. F. ELDRIDGE 1954. Deep-Water Disposal of Pulp Mill Wastes into Port Gardner Bay, Everett, Washington. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 520-530. TULLY, J. P. 1949. Oceanography and Prediction of Pulp Mill Pollution in Alberni Inlet. Bulletin of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, No. 83, pp. 1-169. WALDICHUK, M. and J. P. TULLY 1953. Pollution Study in Nanaimo Har- bour. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Report, No. 97, pp. 14-17. WALDICHUK, M. 1954. Effect of Pulp Mill Waste in Alberni Harbour. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re- port, No. 101, pp. 23-26. WALDICHUK, M. 1956. Pulp Mill Pollution in Alberni Harbour, British Columbia. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 199-205. WALDICHUK, M. 1957. Report on Pollution Studies Con- ducted in Western Canada. In: Bio- logical Problems in Water Pollution— 80 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS Transactions of 1956 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, U. S, Public Health Service, Cincin- nati, Ohio, pp. 188-194. WALDICHUK, M. 1960. Effects of Pulp and Paper Mill Wastes on the Marine Environment. In: Biological Problems on Water Pol- lution—Transactions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 160- 176. WALDICHUK, M. 1962. Some Water Pollution Problems Connected with the Disposal of Pulp Mill Wastes. Canadian Fish Cultur- ist, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 3-34. WALDICHUK, M. 1962. Amphipods in Low-Oxygen Ma- rine Waters Adjacent to a Sulphite Pulp Mill. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1163-1165. WALDICHUK, M. 1964. Dispersion of Kraft-Mill Effluent from a Submarine Diffuser in Stuart Channel, British Columbia. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 1289-1316. ORGANISM IDENTIFICATION GENERAL REFERENCES HHJGEPETH, J. and X. HINTON 1961. Common Seashore Life of South- ern California. Naturegraph Com- pany, Heraldsburg, California, 65 pp. LIGHT, S. F., R. I. SMITH, F. A. PTTELKA, D. P. ABBOTT and F. M. WEESNER 1961. Intertidal Invertebrates of the Central California Coast. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, California, 446 pp. MINER, R. W. 1950. Field Book of Seashore Life. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 888 pp. PRATT, H. S. 1951. A Manual of the Common Inverte- brate Animals Exclusive of Insects. The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 854 pp. RICKETTS, E. F. and J. CALVIN 1963. Between Pacific Tides. Third Edi- tion, Revised. Revisions by Joel W. Hedgpeth. Stanford University Press, California, 516 pp. PROTOZOA, PORIFERA, COELENTERATES, ECHINODERMS, AND ANNELIDS DELAUBENFELS, M. W. 1948. The Order Keratosa of the Phylum Porifera, A Monographic Study. Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasion- al Paper No. 3, pp. 1-217. FRASER, C. M. 1937. Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of Canada and the United States. Uni- versity of Toronto Press, 207 pp. GALLOWAY, J. J. 1933. Manual of the Foraminifera. Prin- cipia Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 483 pp. HARTMAN, O. 1961. Polychaete Annelids from Cali- fornia. Publications of the Allan Han- cock Foundation, Occasional Paper No. 25, pp. 1-226. HARVEY, E. B. 1956. The American Arbacia and Other Sea Urchins. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 298 pp. HORNFELD, M. M. 1931. Recent Littoral Foraminifera from Texas and Louisiana. Department of Geology, Stanford University, Contri- bution No. 3, pp. 77-101. MAYER, A. G. 1910. Medusae of the World. Carnegie Institute, Washington, Publication 109, 3 vols. PETTIBONE, M. H. 1963. Marine Polychaete Worms of the New England Region. I. Aphroditidae through Trochoahaetidae. Smithson- ian Institution, United States Na- tional Museum, Bulletin 227, pp. 1-356. SCHAEFFER, A. A. 1926. Taxonomy of the Amoebas with Descriptions of Thirty-Nine New Ma- 81 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT rine and Freshwater Species. Carnegie Institution, Washington, Publication No. 345, pp. 1-116., MOLLUSCS ABBOTT, R. T. 1954. American Seashells. D. Van Nostrand Company, Incorporated, 541 PP. BAKER, F. and G. D. HANNA 1927. Marine Mollusca of the Order Opisthobranchiata. Proceedings of the California Academy of Science, Ser. 4, 16, No. 5, pp. 123-135. BAKER, F. 1926. Mollusca of the Family Triphori- dae. Proceedings of the California Academy of Science, Ser. 4, 15, No. 6, pp. 222-239. CLENCH, W. J. 1947. The genera Purpura and Thais in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, No. 23, pp. 61-92. FITCH, J. E. 1953. Common Marine Bivalves of Cali- fornia. California Fish arid Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 90, pp. 1-102. HELPER, J. R. 1946. The Classification of Cypraeidae. Nautilus, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 49-53. INGRAM, W. M. 1947. Hawaiian Cypraeidae. B. P. Bishop Museum, Occasional Papers, vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 1-23. INGRAM, W. M. 1951. The Living Cypraeidae of the Western Hemisphere. Bulletin of American Paleontology, vol. 33, No. 136, pp. 1-55. KEEN, A. M. 1963. Marine Molluscan Genera of West- ern North America. Stanford Univer- sity Press, Pasadena, California, 126 pp. KEEN, A. M. and D. FRIZZELL 1946. Illustrated Key to West North American Pelecepod Genera. Stan- ford University Press, California, pp. 1—28. KEEN, A. M. and J. C. PEARSON 1952. Illustrated Key to West North American Gastropod Genera. Stan- ford University Press, California, pp. 1-39. MAWRY, C. J. 1922. Recent Molluscs of the Gulf of Mexico and Pleistocene and Pliocene Species from the Gulf States. Bulletin of American Paleontology, vol. 9, No. 38, pp. 34-142. MAWRY, C. J. 1920. Recent Molluscs of the Gulf of Mexico and Pleistocene and Pliocene Species from the Gulf States. Bulletin of American Paleontology, vol. 8, No. 34, pp. 1-115. OLDROYD, I. S. 1924. Marine Shells of Puget Sound and Vicinity. Puget Sound Biological Sta- tion, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, No. 4, pp. 1-272. SMITH, M. 1951. East Coast Marine Shells. Descrip- tions of Shore Mollusks Together with Many Living Below Tide Mark, from Maine to Texas Inclusive, Especially Florida. (4th Ed.), Edwards Brothers, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 314 pp. TURNER, R. D. 1955. The Family Pholadidae in the Western Atlantic and the Eastern Pacific. Part II. Martensunae, Jouannetinae, and Xylophazinae. John- sonia, vol. 3, No. 34, pp. 65-160. ARTHROPODS BANNER, A. H. 1947. A Taxonomic Study of the Mysi- dacea and Euphausiacea (Crustacea) of the Northeastern Pacific. Part I. Mysidacea, from family Tophogastri- dae through Tribe Eurythropini. Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute, vol. 26, pp. 345-399. 1948. Ibid. Part 2. Mysidacea from Tribe Inysini through Sub-family Mysidellinae, Ibid, vol. 27, pp. 65-111. 1949. Ibid. Part 3. Euphausiacea, Ibid, vol. 28, pp. 1-62. 82 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS BARNARD, J. L. 1954. Marine Amphipoda of Oregon. Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon, pp. 1-107. DAVIS, C. C. 1949. The Pelagic Copepoda of the Northeastern Pacific Ocean. Univer- sity of Washington, Publication of Biology, vol. 14, pp. 1-118. GARTH, J. S. 1958, Brachyura of the Pacific Coast of America, Oxyrhyncha. Publications of the Allan Hancock Foundation, Oc- eational Paper 21, pp. 1-499. HAIZ, J. 1960. The Porcellanidae (Crustacea, Anomura) of the Eastern Pacific. Publications of the Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Paper No. 24, pp. 1-440. HEDGPETH, J. W. 1949. The North American Species of Macrobrachium (river shrimp). Texas Journal of Science, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 28-38, HEDGPETH, J. W. 1948. The Pycnogonida of the Western North Atlantic and the Caribbean. Proceedings of the U. S. National Mu- seum, vol. 97, pp. 157-342. HALTHITJS, L. B. 1951. A General Revision of the Palae- monidae (Crustacea Decapoda Na- tantia) of the Americas. I. The Sub- families Euryrhynchinae and Ponto- niinae. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Papers, No. 11, pp.1-332. HOLTHIUS, L. B. 1952. A General Revision of the Palae- monidae (Crustacea Depacoda Na- tantia) of the Americas. II. The Sub- family Palaemoninae. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Papers, No. 12, pp. 1-396. PlLSBRY, H. A. 1916. The Sessile Barnacles (Cirripedia) Contained in the Collections of the U, S. National Museum, Including a Monograph of the America Species. Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu- seum, No. 93, pp. 1-366. RATHBURN, M. J. 1918. The Grapsoid Crabs of America. Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu- seum, No. 97, pp. 1-461. RATHBURN, M. J. 1925. The Spider Crabs of America. Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu- seum, No. 129, pp. 1-613. RATHBURN, M. J. 1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America. Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu- seum, No. 152, pp. 1-609. SCHMITT, W. L. 1921. Marine Decapod Crustacea of Cali- fornia. University of California Pub- lications of Zoology, No. 23, pp. 1—470. TATTERSALL, W. M.. 1951. A Review of the Mysidacea of the United States. Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 201, pp. 1-292. Voss, G. L. 1955. A Key to the Commercial and Potentially Commercial Shrimp of the Family Penaeidae of the Western North Atlantic and the Gulf of Mexico. Florida State Board of Con- servation, Technical Ser. 14, pp. 1-23. WILLIAMS, A. B. 1965. Marine Decapod Crustaceans of the Carolinas. U. S. Fish and Wild- life Service, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 65, No. 1, pp. 1-298. WILSON, C. B. 1932. The Copepods of the Woods Hole Region, Massachusetts. Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 158, pp. 1-635. FISHES BAILEY, R. M., E. A. LACHNER, C. C. LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, P. M. ROEDEL, W. B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS 1960. A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada. American Fish- eries Society, Special Publication No. 2, pp. 1-102. BREDER, C. M. 1948. Fieldbook of Marine Fishes. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 332 pp. 83 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT BRIGGS, J. C. 1955. A Monograph of the Clingfishes (Order Xenopterygji). Stanford Ich- thyology Bulletin, No. 6, pp. 1-224. CLEMENS, W. A. and G. V. WILBY 1961. (2nd Edition) Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada. Bulletin of the Fish- eries Research Board of Canada, No. 68, pp. 1-443. GlNSBURG, I. 1952. Flounders of the Genus Paralich- thys and Related Genera in American Waters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- ice, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 52, No. 71, pp. 265-351. JORDAN, D. S. 1963. The Genera of Fishes and a Classification of Fishes. Stanford Uni- versity Press, Stanford, California, 800 pp. OLSEN, Y. H. 1963. Fishes of the Western North At- lantic, Part 3, Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes. Sears Foundation for Marine Research, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 630 pp. PERLMUTTER, A. 1961. Guide to Marine Fishes. New York University Press, New York, 431 pp. PHILLIPS, J. B. 1957. A Review of the Rockfishes of California (Family Scorpaenidae). California Fish and Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 104, pp. 1-158. ROEDEL, P. M. 1948. Common Marine Fishes of Cali- fornia. California Fish and Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 68, pp. 1-150. ROEDEL, P. M. 1953. Common Ocean Fishes of the Cali- fornia Coast. California Fish and Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 91, pp. 1-184. SEARS FOUNDATION FOR MAKING RE- SEARCH, Memoir No. I. Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. PARR, A. E. and Y. H. OLSEN (eds.) 1948. Part I. Lancelets, Cyclostomes, and Sharks. 576 pp. 1953. Part II. Sawfishes, Guitarfishes, Skates, Rays, and Chimaeroids. 588 PP. OLSEN, Y. H. (ed.) 1963. Part III. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes, Class Osteichthyes. Order Lepistostei. Order Isospondylei. Suborders Salm- onoidea, Elopoidea, Clupeoidea. 630 pp. 1964. Part IV. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes, Order Isospondylei (In Part). Sub- orders Argentinoidea, Stomiatoidea, Esocoidea, and Bathylaconoidea. Order Giganturoidei. 599 pp. OLSEN, Y. H. and J. W. ATZ (eds.) 1966. Part V. Order Iniomi. Aulopidae, Synodontidae, Bathysauridae, Bathy- pteroidae, Ipnopidae, Chlorophthal- midae, Myctophidae and Neoscopeli- dae (Interim Accounts), Scopelosauri- dae, Paralepididae, Omosudidae, Alepisauridae, Anotopteridae, Ever- mannellidae, Scopelarchidae. Order Lyomeri. Eurypharyngidae, Sacco- pharyngidae. 647 pp. WALFORD, L. A. 1937. Marine Game Fishes of the Pacific Coast from Alaska to the Equator. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, 205 pp. ALGAE AND FLOWERING AQUATIC PLANTS DAWSON, E. Y. 1946. Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America. Memoirs of the Southern California Academy of Sci- ences, vol. 3, No. 2. CUFF, E. E. 1943. Marine Plankton Diatoms of the West Coast of North America. Scripps Institute of Oceanography Bulletin, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-238. DAVIS, C. C. 1955. The Marine and Fresh-Water Plankton. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing, Michigan, 562 PP- GRAHAM, H. W. and N. BRONIKOVSKY 1944. The Genus Cerntium in the Pacific and North Atlantic Oceans. Publica- tions of the Carnegie Institute, Wash- ington, No. 565, pp. 1-209. 84 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS GRIFFITH, R. E. 1961. The Phytoplankton of Chesapeake Bay—An Illustrated Guide to the Genera. Chesapeake Biological Lab- oratory Contribution No. 172, pp. 1-79. BENDY, N. I. 1964. An Introductory Account of the Smaller Algae of British Coastal Wa- ters. Part V. Bacillariophceae (Dia- toms). Fishery Investigations, Series IV, Her Majesty's Stationery Office, London, England, pp. 1-317. HUMM, H. J. 1962. Key to the Genera of Marine Blue- green Algae of Southeastern North America. Virginia Fisheries Labora- tory, Special Scientific Report No. 28, pp. 1-5. Koporo, C. A. and O. SWEZY 1921. The Free-Living Unarmored Dino- flagellata. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, 563 pp. MULFORD, R. A. 1962. Diatoms from Virginia Tidal Wa- ters. Virginia Institute of Marine Sci- ence, Special Scientific Report No. 30, pp. 1-33. TAYLOR, W. R. 1.957. Marine Algae of the Northeastern Coast of North America. 2nd Ed. Uni- versity of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 509 pp. OTHER ORGANISMS COE, W. R. 1926, The Pelagic Nemerteans. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy, No. 49, pp. 1-244. CHITWOOD, B. G. 1951. North American Marine Nema- todes. Texas Journal of Science, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 617-672. MAYER, A. G. 1912. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast of North America. Publications of the Carnegie Institute, Washington, No. 162, pp. 1-58. MINER, R. W. 1950. Fieldbook of Seashore Life. Put- nam's & Sons, New York, 888 pp. OSBURN, R. C. 1953. Bryozoa of the Pacific Coast of America. Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasional Paper, No. 14, pp. 1-841. PRATT, H. S. 1951. A Manual of the Common Inverte- brate Animals Exclusive of Insects. The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia and Toronto, 854 pp. SMITH, F. G. W. 1948. Atlantic Reef Corals. University of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida, pp. 1-112. VAN NAME, W. G. 1945. The North and South American Ascidians. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, No. 84, pp. 1-476. ASPECTS OF WATER QUALITY BOOKS CHAPMAN, V. J. 1960. Salt Marshes and Salt Deserts of the World. Interscience Publishers, New York, 392 pp. EKMAN, S. 1953. Zoogeography of the Sea. Sidg- wick & Jackson, London, 417 pp. GALTSOFF, P. S. (Coordinator) 1954. Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Wa- ters, and Marine Life. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 89, 604 pp. GALTSOFF, P. S. 1964. The American Oyster Crossostrea virginica Gmelin. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 64, 480 pp. HARVEY, H. W. 1955. The Chemistry and Fertility of Sea Waters. Cambridge University Press, 240 pp. HETJKELEKIAN, H. and N. C. DONDERO (eds.) 1964. Principles and Applications of Aquatic Microbiology. (Rudolfs Re- search Conference Proceedings, 1963) John Wiley and Sons, New York, 452 PP. 85 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT HILL, M. N. (ed.) 1963. The Sea. Vol. 2. The Composition of Sea Water. Comparative and De- scriptive Oceanography, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 554 pp. HEDGEPETH, J. W. (ed.) 1957. (Reprinted 1963) Treatise on Ma- rine Ecology and Paleoecology. Vol. 1. Ecology. Geological Society ol America, Memoir 67, New York, 1296 pp. JOHNSON, T. W., JR. and F. K. SPARROW, JR. 1961. Fungi in Oceans and Estuaries. Hafner Publishing Company, New York, 668 pp. REID, G. K. 1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries. Reinhold Publishing Cor- poration, New York, 375 pp. LEWIN, R. A. (ed.) 1962. Algae. Scripps Institute of Ocean- ography, La Jolla, California, 938 pp. LEWIN, R. A. (ed.) 1962. Physiology and Biochemistry of Algae. Academic Press, New York, 929 pp. LEWIS, J. R. 1964. Ecology of Rocky Shores. English Universities Press, Ltd., London, 323 pp. MACGmrnE, G. E. and N. MACGiNlTE 1949. Natural History of Marine Ani- mals. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Incorporated, New York, 473 pp. MOORE, H. B. 1958. Marine Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 493 pp. NIOOL, J. A. C. 1960. The Biology of Marine Animals. Interscience Publishers, New York, 707 pp. OPPENHEIMER, C. H. (ed.) 1961. Symposium on Marine Microbiol- ogy. Chicago, Illinois, Thomas Print- ers, Springfield, Illinois, 769 pp. PEARSON, E. A. (ed.) I960. Waste Disposal in the Marine En- vironment. Proceedings of the First International Conference, Pergamon Press, New York, 569 pp. PROSSER, C. L. (ed.) 1952. Comparative Animal Physiology. W. B. Saunders Company, Phila- delphia and London, 888 pp. RAY, D. L. (ed.) 1959. Marine Boring and Fouling Orga- nisms. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington, 584 pp. RAYMONT, J. E. 1963. Plankton and Productivity in the Oceans. Pergamon Press, New York, 666 pp. REID, G. K. 1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries. Reinhold Publishing Cor- poration, New York, 375 pp. REVELLE, R. (Chairman) 1957. The Effects of Atomic Radiation on Oceanography and Fisheries. Na- tional Academy of Sciences—National Research Council, Washington, D. C., Publication No. 551, 137 pp. RUSSELL, F. S. (ed.) 1964. Advances in Marine Biology, Vol. 2. Academic Press, New York, 274 pp. SEARS, M. (ed.) 1961. Oceanography. American Associa- tion for the Advancement of Science, Washington, Publication No. 67, 665 pp. SMITH, G. M. (ed.) 1951. Manual of Phycology: An Intro- duction to the Algae and Their Biol- ogy. The Chronica Botanica Com- pany, Waltham, Massachusetts, 375 pp. STRICKLAND, J. D. H. and T. R. PARSONS 1960. A Manual of Sea Water Analysis. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Bulletin No. 125, Queen's Printers, Ottawa, Canada, 185 pp. STRICKLAND, J. D. H. 1960. Measuring the Production of Ma- rine Phytoplankton. Fisheries Re- search Board of Canada Bulletin No. 122, 172 pp. SVERDRUP, H, U., M. W. JOHNSON and R. H. FLEMING 1942. The Oceans, Their Physics, Chem- istry, and General Biology. Prentice Hall, Inc., New York, 1087 pp. ------- WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL: MARINE WATERS WILBUR, K. M. and C. M. YONZE (eds.) 1964. Physiology of Mollusca. Vol. I. Academic Press, New York, 487 pp. WOOD, E. J. F. 1965. Marine Microbial Ecology. Chap- man and Hall, London, 243 pp. YAPP, W. B. (ed.) 1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma- terial. Published by The Institute of Biology, London, England, 154 pp. ZoBELL, C. E. 1946. Marine Microbiology. Chronics Botanica Company, Waltham, Massa- chusetts, 240 pp. JOURNALS ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICA- TIONS University of Southern California Press, Los Angeles, California. (Ir- regular) AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY TRANS- ACTIONS Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas (Quar- terly) BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN Official Publication of the Woods Hole Marine Biological Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts BULLETIN OF MARINE SCIENCE OF THE GULF AND CARIBBEAN The Marine Laboratory of the Univer- sity of Miami, Miami, Florida (Quar- terly) BULLETIN OF THE BINGHAM OCEAN- OGRAPHIC COLLECTION Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven, Con- necticut (Annual) CALIFORNIA FISH AND GAME California Division of Fish and Game, Berkeley, California (Quarterly) CHESAPEAKE SCIENCE National Resources Institute of the University of Maryland, Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Maryland (Quarterly) DEEP SEA RESEARCH Pergamon Press, New York (Quar- terly) ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS Official Publication of the Ecological Society of America, Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina (Quarterly) ECOLOGY Official Publication of the Ecological Society of America, Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina (Bimonthly) ESTUARINE BULLETIN University of Delaware Marine La- boratories, Newark, New Jersey (Quarterly) INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AIR AND WATER POLLUTION Pergamon Press, New York (Seven Issues Per Year) JOURNAL OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd., Oxford, England (Three Issues Per Year) JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ox- ford, England (Three Issues Per Year) JOURNAL OF THE FISHERIES RESEARCH BOARD OF CANADA Official Publication of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Sir Charles Tupper Building, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada (Bimonthly through 1965, Monthly Thereafter) JOURNAL OF MARINE RESEARCH Sears Foundation for Marine Re- search, Bingham Oceanographic La- boratory, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut (Three Issues Per Year) JOURNAL OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM Cambridge University Press, London, England (Three Issues Per Year) JOURNAL OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER- ING DIVISION Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Michi- gan (Bimonthly) JOURNAL OF THE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL FEDERATION Washington, D. C. (Monthly) For- merly: Sewage Works Journal, vol. 87 ------- WATER POLX-DTION CONTROL, WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT 1-21, 1928-1949; Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 22-31, 1950-1959. LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY American Society of Limnology & Oceanography, Baltimore, Maryland (Quarterly) PACIFIC NATURALIST Publication of the Beaudette Founda- tion for Biological Research, Solvang, California (Irregularly) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL SHELL- FISHERIES ASSOCIATION Official Publication of the National Shellfisheries Association, Duplicating Department, University of North Carolina, Chapel HOI, North Carolina (Annual) PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING AB- STRACTS Public Health Service, Washington, D. C. (Monthly) PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF MA- RINE SCIENCE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS, Port Aransas, Texas SPORT FISHERY ABSTRACTS U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish »nd Wildlife Service, Washington, D. C. (Quarterly) WATER POLLUTION ABSTRACTS Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon- don, England (Monthly) ------- Activated sludge sewage treatment plant. Waste stabilization pond Water purification plant Plate III—Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects ------- PART III WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ASPECTS SPECIFIC COMMUNITIES of plants and animals are associated with the various phases of decomposition in the biological treatment of wastes. Each of these communities is dependent on the other, and there is gradation of organisms from one community to another at various places in the system. Only those organisms adapted to the conditions for the stage of decomposition under consideration are to be found in abundance at any particular time and place in the decomposition processes. In designing bio-chemical waste treatment facilities, engineers pro- vide for an optimum physical habitat in which maximum biological decomposition can take place. These vary from imhoff tanks to waste stabilization ponds; each contains a particular assemblage of organ- isms. Early efforts to study the biological aspects of waste treatment facilities were concerned with the determination of types of organ- isms present in various treatment processes. Subsequent investiga- tions dealt with the fate of specific organisms in activated sludge and trickling filter systems. Additional studies need to be undertaken to determine organism responses to operational changes within waste treatment facilities. Unlike the role of organisms in waste treatment, most organisms in water supplies are detrimental, and considerable effort is devoted to providing organism-free water to consumers. Organisms in water supplies and delivery systems can cause discoloration, turbidity, un- desirable tastes and odors, disease, plugging, and reduced flowage; their control often involves use of chemicals which in turn may affect the quality of water delivered to the consumer. In recreational waters, sometimes employed as sources of water for many purposes, certain organisms are deemed beneficial because they are associated in one way or another with the pleasurable use of the water. Man-induced enrichment of such waters, however, often results in excessive growths of organisms which frequently achieve nuisance proportions and restrict or eliminate recreational use. The excessive development of organisms to nuisance proportions stimulates demands for appropriate control measures to retain potential recreational values. Proper control is only achieved by eliminating the cause of such growths, but this may not be feasible for economic or other 91 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT reasons, and chemical treatment may be undertaken. Unfortunately chemical treatment rarely provides complete satisfaction in the con- trol of aquatic nuisance organisms, and often the chemical employed has adverse effects on other organisms considered beneficial in the resource. WASTE TREATMENT GENERAL REFERENCES AGEESBORG, H. P. K. and W. D. HAT- FIELD 1929. The Biology of a Sewage Treat- ment Plant—A Preliminary Survey— Decatur, Illinois. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 411-424. BARKER, A. 1943. The Protozoa Fauna of Sewage Disposal Plants. The Naturalist, pp. 65-69. BOGAN, R. H. 1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by Algae. Public Health Reports, vol. 76, No. 4, pp. 301-308. CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY .1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag- ellata. University of Florida, College of Engineering, Florida Engineering Series No. 3, pp. 1-140. CHANIN, 6. 1961. Fundamentals of Sludge Diges- tion. Part II. Biology and Operation. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 3, pp. 85-88. COOKE, W. B. 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. I. Literature Review. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 539-549. COOKE, W. B. 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. II. Isolation Technique. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 661-674. GULP, R. L. 1963. Wpstewater Reclamation by Ter- tiary Treatment. Journal of Water Supply and Pollution Control, vol. 35, No. 6, pp. 799-806. GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD 1952. Microbiology of Water and Sew- age. Prentice-Hall, Incorporated, New York, 430 pp. GlLCREAS, F. W. 1952-53. Laboratory Control of Sewage Treatment, Chapter 11, Biology of Sewage Treatment, pp. 72-79. Case- Shepperd-Mann Publishing Corpora- tion, New York. 92 pp. GOLUCKE, C. G. and W. J. OSWALD 1965. Harvesting and Processing Sew- age-Grown Planktonic Algae. Jour- nal of the Water Pollution Federa- tion, vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 471-498. HURWTPZ, E., R. BEAUDOIN and W. WALTERS 1965. Phosphates, Their Fate in a Sew- age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys- tem. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 112, No. 3. pp. 84-89, 112. KABLER, P. W. 1959. Removal of Pathogenic Micro- organisms by Sewage Treatment Processes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1373- 1382. KABLER, P. W. 1960. Selection and Adaptation of Mi- croorganisms in Waste Treatment. American Journal of Public Health and the Nation's Health, vol. 50, No. 2, pp. 215-219. LACKEY, J. B. 1932. Oxygen Deficiency and Sewage Protozoa, with Descriptions of Some New Species. Biological Bulletin, vol. 63, No. 2, pp. 287-295. LACKEY, J. B. 1938. A Study of Some Ecological Fac- tors Affecting the Distribution of ------- WASTE TREATMENT Protozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 501-527. LACKEY, J. B. 1949. Biology of Sewage Treatment. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 659-665. LACKEY, J. B. 1954. How the Biota of Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes Work for Us. Wastes Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592- 595. LACKEY, J. B. and R. M. DIXON 1943. Some Biological Aspects of the Hays Process of Sewage Treatment. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 1139-1152. LLOYD, L. L. 1945. Animal Life in Sewage Purifica- tion Processes. Sewage Works Jour- nal, vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 1056-1059. MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW and C. D. McNABB 1960. A Study of the Effects of Divert- ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat- ment Upon the Receiving Stream. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72. MALANEY, G. W., W. D. SHEETS and P. QUILLIN 1959. Toxic Effects of Metallic Ions on Sewage Micro-organisms. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp. 1309-1315. MORRIS, G. L., L. VAN DEN BERG, G. L. GULP, J. R. GECKLER and R. FORCES 1963. Extended-Aeration Plants and Intermittent Watercourses. Public Health Service Publication No. 999- WP-8, pp. 1-51. PURDY, W. C. 1937. Experimental Studies of Natural Purification in Polluted Waters. X. Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by Microscopic Algae. Public Health Re- ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp. 945-978. ROWAN, W. B. 1964. Sewage Treatment and Schisto- some Eggs. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, vol. 13, pp. 527-576. RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN 1941. The Microbiology of Sewage and Sewage Treatment. In: A Symposium on Hydrobiology. University of Wis- consin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 273-279. RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A. RAGOTZKIE 1950. Literature Review on the Occur- rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho- genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil, Water, Sewage, and Sludges, and on Vegetation. I. Bacterial and Virus Diseases. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 10, pp. 1261- 1281. II. Animal Parasites, Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol, 22, No. 11, pp. 1417-1427. SAWYER, C. N. 1944. Biological Engineering in Sewage Treatment. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 925-935. SMIT, J. 1948. Microbiology of Drinking Water and Sewage. Annual Reviews of Mi- crobiology, pp. 435-452. SrcDEN, B. and L. LOYD 1950. Clearing of Turbid Waters by Means of the Ciliate Carehesium. Journal of the Institute of Sewage Purification (London), vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 16-23. TOMLINSON, T. G. 1939. The Biology of Sewage Purifica- tion. The Surveyor, vol. 95, No. 2469, pp. 655-658. WILSON, J. N. 1949. Microbiota of Sewage Treatment Plants and Polluted Streams. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Sup- ply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 1-15. IMHOFF TANKS HAUSMAN, L. A. 1923. Preliminary Studies on the Fauna of Imhoff Tanks. American Journal of Public Health, vol. 13, No. 8, pp. 656-658. HAUSMAN, L. A. 1923. Studies on the Fauna of the Sprinkling Filter Bed and Imhoff Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Bulletin 390, pp. 28-29. 93 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT LACKEY, J. B. 1924. Fauna of Imhoff Tanks and Sprinkling Filters, New Jersey Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 403, pp. 40-60. LACKEY, J. B. 1925. The Fauna of Imhoff Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Bulletin 417, pp. 1-39. LACKEY, J. B. 1926. Kinds, Distribution, and Fluctua- tions of Protozoa in Imhoff Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 30-41. RUDOLFS, W., F. L. CAMPBELL, M. HOTCHKISS and J. B. LACKEY 1924. Digestion of Fresh Solids. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Bulletin 403, pp. 60-81. RUDOLFS, W. and J. B. LACKEY 1924. Digestion of Fresh Solids Con- taminated with Partially Digested Material. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 403, pp. 89-91. RUDOLFS, W., M. HOTCHKISS, A. J. FISCHER and J. B. LACKEY 1926. Studies on Fresh Solids Digestion. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 50-74. RUDOLFS, W., H. HEUKELEKIAN, P. J. A. ZELLER and J. B. LACKEY 1926. The Relation Between Ripe Sludge and Fresh Solids and the Effects of "Washing" on Digestion. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bul- letin 427, pp. 74-86. FILTERS BARTSCH, A. F. 1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in Waste Treatment. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 239- 249. BROWN, T. F. 1937. The Biology of Physa anatina Lea, a Snail Living in a Sewage Treat- ment Plant. American Midland Nat- uralist, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-259. BUTTERFIELD, C. T. and E. WATTIE 1941. Studies on Sewage Purification. XV. Effective Bacteria in Purification by Trickling Filters. Public Health Reports, vol. 56, No. 52, pp. 2445- 2464. CALAWAY, W. T. 1957. Intermittent Sand Filters and their Biology. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 1-5. COOKE, W. B. 1953. Mosses in a Sewage Treatment Plant. The Bryologist, vol. 56, No. 2, pp. 143-145. COOKE, W. B. 1958. Continuous Sampling of Trickling Filter Populations. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 1, pp. 21-27. COOKE, W. B. 1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew- age. IV. The Occurrence of Fungi in a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat- ment Plant. Proceedings of the 13th Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue University, Series No. 96, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 26-45. COOKE, W. B. 1959. Trickling Filter Ecology. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 273-291. CROZIER, W. J. 1923. On Abundance and Diversity of the Protozoan Fauna of a Sewage Filter. Science, vol. 48, pp. 424-425. CROZIER, W. J. 1923. Animal Population of a Sewage Sprinkling Filter. Preliminary Re- port. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station, 43rd Annual Report, pp. 503-516. CUTLER, D. W., L. M. CRUMP and A. DKON 1932. Some Factors Influencing the Dis- tribution of Certain Protozoa in Bio- logical Filters. Journal of Animal Ecology, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 143-151. FELDMAN, A. E. 1955. Fungi from Trickling Filters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1243-1244. FRYE, W. W. and E. R. BECKER 1929. The Fauna of an Experimental Trickling Filter. Sewage Works Jour- nal, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 286-308. ------- WASTE TKEATMENT HAENSELER, C. M., W. P. MOORE and J. G. GAINS 1923. Fungi and Algae of Sprinkling Filters. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Bulletin No. 390, pp. 39^48. HAUSMAN, L. A. 1923. Studies on the Fauna of the Sprinkling Filter Bed and Imhoff Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Bulletin No. 390, pp. 28-39. HESSELTINE, C. W. 1953. Study of Trickling Filter Fungi. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 507-514. HEUKELEKIAN, H. 1945. The Relationship Between Ac- cumulation, Biochemical and Biologi- cal Characteristics of Film and Puri- fication Capacity of a Biofilter and a Standard Filter. I. Film Accumula- tion. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 23-38. II. Biochemical Characteristics of the Film. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 269-291. HOLTJE, R. H. 1943. The Biology of Sewage Sprinkling Filters. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 14-29. INGRAM, W. M., W. B. COOKE and L. T. HAGERTY 1958. Snails Associated with Sewage Treatment Installations. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 821-825. LACKEY, J. B. 1924. Fauna of Imhoff Tanks and Sprinkling Filters. New Jersey Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin No. 403, pp. 40-60. LACKEY, J. B. 1926. Sprinkling Filter Bed Studies. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin No. 427, pp. 41-50. LLOYD, L., J. F. GRAHAM and T. B. REYNOLDSON 1940. The Fauna of the Sewage Bacteria Beds. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 122-150. LLOYD, L. L. 1945. Sewage Bacteria Bed Fauna in Its Natural Setting. Abst., Sewaee Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 4, p. 859. LOHMEYER, G. T. 1953. Trickling Filter Roach Invasion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 9, pp. 1104-1107. LOHMEYER, G. T. 1955. Snails in the Trickling Filter. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 337-338. LOHMEYER, G. T. 1957. Trickling Filters and Operation Tips. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 89-98. PAINTER, H. A. 1954. Factors Affecting the Growth of Some Fungi Associated with Sewage Purification. Journal of General Mi- crobiology, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 177-190. REYNOLDSON, T. B. 1939. The Role of Macro-Organisms in Bacteria Beds. The Surveyor, vol. 95, pp. 279-281. REYNOLDSON, T. B. 1941. The Biology of Macro-Fauna of a High Rate Double Filtration Plant at Huddersfield. Proceedings of the In- stitute of Sewage Purification (Lon- don), pp. 1-16. REYNOLDSON, T. B. 1944. Further Studies on the Biology of a Double Filtration Plant at Hudders- field. Abst., Sewage Works Journal, vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 663-664. RUDOLFS, W. 1924. Film Removal Studies. New Jer- sey Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin No. 403, pp. 91-95. RUDOLFS, W. and H. A. TRAJKOVICH 1924. Fungi and Algae of the Sprink- ling Filter Bed and Their Distribu- tion. New Jersey Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Bulletin No. 403, pp. 82-84. STANBRIDGE, H. H. 1955. The Development of Biological Filtration. Water and Sanitary Engi- neer, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 252-255. TOMLINSON, T. G. 1942. The Treatment of Settled Sewage in Percolating Filters in Series, with Periodic Changes in the Order of Filters. Biological Investigations, 1938-41. Abst.. Sewage Works Jour- nal, vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 1154-1155. ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTEQL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT TOMLINSON, T. G. 1942. Some Aspects of Microbiology in the Treatment of Sewage. Journal of the Society of Chemical Industries, Transcripts and Communications, vol. 61, pp. 53-58. USINGEB, R. L. and W. R. KELLEN 1955. The Role of Insects in Sewage Disposal Beds. Hilgardia (a Journal of Agricultural Sciences published by the California Agricultural Experi- ment Station), vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 263-321. WALTON, G. L. F. WARWCK and J. WILSON 1943. High Daily Rate Trickling Filter Performance. Board of Health Com- missioners, Upper Mississippi River Basin Sanitation Agreement (Wiscon- sin, Minnesota, Illinois, Iowa, Indiana, Missouri), pp. 1-136. WATTIE, E. 1942. Cultural Characteristics of Zoog- leal-Forming Bacteria Isolated from Activated Sludge and Trickling Fil- ters. Public Health Reports, vol. 57, No. 41, pp. 1519-1534. ACTIVATED SLUDGE BAINES, S., H. A. HAWKES, C. H. HEWITT and S. H. JENKINS 1953. Protozoa as Indicators in Acti- vated Sludge Treatment. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 9, pp. 1023-1033. BARKPIT, N. W. 1940. The Ecology of Activated Sludge in Relation to Its Properties and the Isolation of a Specific Soluble Sub- stance from the Purified Effluent. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 151-156. BUCK, T. C. and C. E. KEEPER 1959. Studies of a Zoogleal Forming Organism Found in Activated Sludge. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp. 1267-1274. BUSWELL, A. M. 1920-22. Microbiology of Activated Sludge, niinois State Water Supply Bulletin, vol. 18, pp. 26, 82-92. BUSWELL, A. M. and H. L. LONG 1923. Microbiology and Theory of Ac- tivated Sludge. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 309-321. BUSWELL, A. M. 1931. The Biology of Activated Sludge —An Historical Review. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 362- 368. BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W. C. PURDY and E. J. THERIAULT 1931. Experimental Studies of Natural Purification in Polluted Waters. IV. The Influence of the Plankton on the Biochemical Oxidation of Organic Matter. Public Health Reports, vol. 46, No. 8, pp. 393-426. BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W. C. PURDY and E. J. THERUULT 1935. Studies of Sewage Purification. II. A Zooglea-Forming Bacterium Iso- lated from Activated Sludge. Public Health Reports, vol. 50, No. 20, pp. 671-684. BUTTERFIELD, C. T. 1934—35. Biological and Bacteriological Relationships in Water Purification and Sewage Treatment. Biennial Re- port of 1934-35, Three Day Water and Sewage Works Schools. Kansas Water and Sewage Works Association, vol. 4, pp. 106-109. CHARIER, R. 1931. The Role of Protozoa in Activated Sludge. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 23, pp. 309-313. HEUKELEKIAN, H. and M. BURBAXANI 1949. Effect of Certain Physical and Chemical Agents on the Bacteria and Protozoa of Activated Sludge. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 811-817. JACKSON, R. B. 1943. The Chironomid Fly and Its Effect on the Activated Sludge Process. Michigan Sewage Works Association, Engineering Experiment Station, Bul- letin No. 98, pp. 42-44. LACKEY, J. B. and E. WATTIE 1940. Studies of Sewage Purification. XIII. The Biology of Spkaerotilus natans Kutzing in Relation to Bulking of Activated Sludge. Public Health Reports, voL 55, No. 22, pp. 975-987. 96 ------- WASTE TREATMENT MANGANELLI, R. and E. S. CROSBY 1953. Effect of Detergents on Sewage Microorganisms. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 262- 276. McKiNNEY, R. E. and A. GRAM 1956. Protozoa and Activated Sludge. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1219-1231. MORGAN, E. H. and A. J. BECK 1928. Carbohydrate Wastes Stimulate Growth of Undesirable Filamentous Organisms in Activated Sludge. Sew- age Works Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 46-51. PILLAI, S. C. and V. S. SUBRAHMANYAN 1944. Role of Protozoa in the Aerobic Purification of Sewage. Nature, vol. 154, pp. 179-180. PILLAI, S. C., A. PRABHAKARA, U. S. RAD and G. J. MOHAN 1953. Effect of Certain Antibiotics on Activated Sludge. Science and Culture (India), vol. 18, pp. 15-45. PIPES, W. O. and P. H. JONES 1963. Decomposition of Organic Wastes by Sphaerotilus. Bioengineering and Biotechnology, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 287- 307. REYNOLDSON, T. B. 1942. Vorticella as an Indicator Orga- nism for Activated Sludge. Nature, vol. 149, pp. 608-609. RUCHHOFT, C. C. and J. H. WATKINS 1928. Bacteriological Isolation and Study of the Filamentous Organisms in the Activated Sludge of the Des Plaines River Sewage Treatment Works. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 52-58. RTJCHHOFT, C. C. and J. F. KACHMAR 1941. Studies of Sewage Purification. XIV. The Role of Sphaerotiltts natans, in Activated Sludge Bulking. Public Health Reports, vol. 56, No. 35, pp. 1727-1757. SMFT, J. 1934. Bulking of Activated Sludge. II. On the Causative Organisms. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 1041- 1053. WATTBE, E. 1942. Cultural Characteristics of Zo- ogleal-Forming Bacteria Isolated from Activated Sludge and Trickling Filters. Public Health Reports, vol. 57, No. 41, pp. 1519-1534. WOODARD, F. E., 0. J. SPROUL and P. F. ATKINS, JR. 1964. The Biological Degradation of Lignin From Pulp Mill Black Liquor. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp. 1401-1410. WASTE STABILIZATION PONDS ALLEN, M, B. 1955. General Features of Algae Growth in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State Water Pollution Control Board, Sac- ramento, California, Publication No. 13, pp. 1-47. ANDEREGG, J. A., C. F. WALTERS, D. BILLIARD and H. F. MEYERS 1960. "Eskimo" Algae Make Lagoons Work at the Arctic Circle. Wastes En- gineering, vol. 31, No. 6, pp. 324-326. BARTSCH, A. F. and M. 0. ALLUM 1957. Biological Factors in Treatment of Raw Sewage in Artificial Ponds. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 77-84. BARTSCH, A. F. 1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in Waste Treatment. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 239- 249. BEADLE, L. D. and F. C. HARMSTON 1958. Mosquitoes in Sewage Stabiliza- tion Ponds in the Dakotas. Mosquito News, vol. 18, No. 12, pp. 293-296. CALDWELL, D. H. 1946. Sewage Oxidation Ponds—Per- formance, Operation, and Design. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 433-458. COOKE, W. B. and M. S. MATSUURA 1963. A Study of Yeast Populations in a Waste Stabilization Pond System. Protoplasma, vol. 57, Nos. 1-4, pp. 11-187. COPELAND, B. J. and T. C. DORRIS 1964. Community Metabolism in Eco- systems Receiving Oil Refinery Efflu- ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ents. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 431-447. DAVIS, W. H. 1955. Sewage Lagoons in the Dakotas. Official Bulletin of the North Dakota Water and Sewage Works Conference, vol. 23, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 5-6,12. EHLERS, V. M. 1954. Oxidation Ponds—Their Applica- tion and Potentials. Official Bulletin of the North Dakota Water and Sew- age Works Conference, vol. 22, No. 3, pp. 14-15,17. EPPLEY, R, W, and F. H. MARCUS 1963. Role of the Alga Cklamydomonas mundana in Anaerobic Waste Stabili- zation Lagoons. Limnology and Ocean- ography, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 411-416. FISHER, C. P. and E. F. GLOYNA 1965. Treatment of Activated Sludge in Stabilization Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1511-1520. FITZGERALD, G. P. and G. A. ROHUCH 1958. An Evaluation of Stabilization Pond Literature. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1213- 1224. GAUR, A. C., W. O. PIPES, JR. and H. B. GOTAAS 1960. Culture of Oscillatoria in Organic Wastes. Journal of the Water Pollu- tion Control Federation, vol. 32, No. 10, pp. 1060-1065. GEHM, H. W. 1963. The Application of Stabilization Ponds in the Purification of Pulp and Paper Mill Wastes. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1174-1180. OSWALD, W. J.f C. G. GOLTJEKE, R. C. COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON 1963. Water Reclamation, Algal Produc- tion and Methane Fermentation in Waste Ponds. International Journal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 627-648. HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA 1958. Water Stabilization Ponds. I. Ex- perimental Investigations. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 511-538. HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA 1958. Waste Stabilization Ponds. II. Field Practices, Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 30. No. 5, pp. 646- 651. HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA 1958. Waste Stabilization Ponds. III. Formulation of Design Equations. SewPije and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 8, pp. 963-975. HERMANN, E. R. ' 1962. Stabilization Pond as a Nitrate Reducing Reactor. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Journal of the Sanitary Engineering Division, vol. 88, No. SA5, Part 1, pp. 1-20. 'id HOPKINS, G. J. •>.>, 1956. Raw Sewage Lagoons. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 103, No. 8, pp. 566-570. HORNING, W. B., II, R. FORCES, H. F. CLARKE and W. B. COOKE 1964. Waste Stabilization Pond Study, Lebanon, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999-WP-16, pp. 1-48. KABLER, P. W. 1959. Removal of Pathogenic Microor- ganisms by Sewage Treatment Proc- esses. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1373-1382. LUDWIG, H. F^ W> J. OSWALD, H. B. GOTAAS and V. LYNCH 1951. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation Ponds. I. Growth Characteristics of Euglena gracttis Cultured in Sewage. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 11, pp. 1337-1355. MACKENTHUN, K. M. and C. D. MCNABB 1961. Stabilization Pond Studies in Wis- consin. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 33, No. 12, pp. 1234-1251. MALONEY, T. E., H. F. LUDWIG, J. A. HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK 1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabil- ization Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32, No. 12, pp. 1283-1299. MALINA, J. F., JR. and Y. A. YOUSEF 1964. The Fate of Coliform Organisms in Waste Stabilization Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Feder- ation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp. 1430-1442. ------- WASTE TREATMENT MBRZ, R. C., J. C. MERRELL and R. STONE 1957. Investigation of Primary Lagoon Treatment at Mojave, California. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 115-123. MYKLEBUST, R. J, and F, C. HARMSTON 1962. Mosquito Production in Stabilizing Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollu- tion Control Federation, vol. 34, Part I, pp. 302-306. NEEL, J. K. and G. J. HOPKINS 1956. Experimental Lagooning of Raw Sewage. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1326- 1356. NEEL, J. K., J. H. MCDERMOTT and C. A. MONDAY, JK. 1961. Experimental Lagooning of Raw Sewage at Fayette, Missouri. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Fed- eration, vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 603-641. OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, H, F. LUDWIG and V. LYNCH 1953. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation Ponds. II. Growth Characteristics of Chlorella pyrenoidosa Cultured in Sewage. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 26-37. OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, H. F. LUDWIG and V. LYNCH 1953. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation Ponds. III. Photosynthetic Oxygena- tion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 692-705. OSWALD, W. J. and H. B. GOTAAS 1955. Photosynthesis in Sewage Treat- ment. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 81, Separate No. 686, pp. 1-27. OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, C, G, GOLUEKE and W. R. KELLEN 1957. Algae in Waste Treatment. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 437-457. OSWALD, W. J., C. G. GOLUEKE, R. C. COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON 1963. Water Reclamation, Algal Pro- duction, and Methane Fermentation in Waste Ponds. International Jour- nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 627-648. PANAGIOTOU, A. J. and H. K. WILLIFORD 1965. Sludge Accumulation in Munici- pal Sewage Lagoons. Water and Sew- age Works, vol. 112, No. 1, pp. 63-68. PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and W. S. TAYLOR 1950. Purification of Sewage in La- goons. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 760-775. PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and N. C. GREENE 1959. Performance of Large Sewage La- goons at Melbourne, Australia. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 133-152. PARKER, C. D. 1962. Microbiological Aspects of Lagoon Treatment. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 149-161. PIPES, W. 0., JR. 1961. Basic Biology of Stabilization Ponds. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 4, pp. 131-136. PIPES, W. O., JR. 1961. Algae Growth Rate. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 5, pp. 176-179. FORCES, R. and K. M. MACKENTHUN 1963. Waste Stabilization Ponds: Use, Function, and Biota. Biotechnology and Bioengineering, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 255-273. RAPF, W. F., JR. and C. EMIL 1965. Mosquito Production in a Eutro- nhic Sewage Stabilization Lagoon. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 867-870. SAMPSON, E. O. 1955. A Double Duty Oxidation Pond. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 12. pp. 1410-1415. SILVA, P. C. and G. F. PAPENFUSS 1953. A Systematic Study of the Algae of Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State Water Pollution Control Board, Sacra- mento, California, Publication No. 7, pp. 1-35. SMALLHORST, D. F., B. N. WALTON and J. MEYERS 1953. Design and Application of Oxida- tion Ponds. Public Works, vol. 84, No. 2, pp. 89-90; 111-114. 99 ------- WATER POLLUTION COKTBOL WASTB TMSArnrarr AND WATKB TREATMENT STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GLOYNA 1955. Concentration of Radioactivity in Oxidation Ponds-. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941- 956. TOWNB, W. W. and W. H. DAVIS 1957. Sewage Treatment by Raw Sew- age Stabilization Ponds. Journal of the Sanitary Engineering Division, Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Paper 1337, SA- 4:1337, pp. 1-17. TOWNE, W. W., A. F. BAKTSCH and W. H. DAVIS 1957. Raw Sewage Stabilization Ponds in the Dakotas. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 377- 396. TUBS, R. A. and T. C. DAVIS 1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Pond Series. Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 121-134. VAN HEUVELEN, W. and J. H. STORE 1954. Sewage Lagoons in North Dakota. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 6, pp. 771-776. SEWER PIPES BEAHDSLEY, C. W. 1949. Suppression of Sewer Slimes. Sew- age Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 1-12. DEMABTINL, F. E. 1934. Slime Growths in Sewers. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 950- 955. HALL, J. W. 1927. Fungus Growths in Sanitary Sew- ers. Water Works, vol. 66, No. 5, pp. 177-178. PARASITES AND SEWAGE TREATMENT ABBOTT, A. L. 1947. Grazing of Cattle on Sewage Farms and Disposal Works. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sewage Purification (London). Pt 2, p. 198. CHANG, S. L. 1949. Some Epidemiological and Bio- logical Problems in Water-borne Amoebiasis. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 16-30. CLARK, R. N. 1946. The Transmission of Disease by Sewage. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 6, pp. 1138-1143. CRAM, E. B. 1943. The Effect of Various Treatment Processes on the Survival of Helminth Ova and Protozoan Cysts in Sewage. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 1119-1138. CRAM, E. B. and D. O. HICKS 1944. The Effect of Sludge Digestion, Drying and Supplemental Treatment of Eggs of /Iscorts lumbricoides. Pro- ceedings of the Helminthological So- ciety of Washington, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 1-9. JONES, M. F., W. L. NEWTON, S. R. WEIBEL, et al. 1947. The Effects of Sewage Treatment Processes on Ova and Miracidia of Schistosoma japonicum. Studies on Schistosomiasis, National Institute of Health Bulletin, 189, pp. 137-172. HILLS, R., C. L. BARTLBTT and J. F. 1925. The Penetration of Fruits and Vegetables by Bacteria - Protozoan Cysts and Helminth Ova to Common Disinfection Methods. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 559- 579. MURRAY, H. M. 1960. The Incidence of Ascaris Ova in Pretoria Sludge and Their Reduction by Storage (Maturation) in Large Heaps. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sewage Purification (London), Pt. 3, pp. 337-344. NEWTON, W. L., H. BENNETT and W. D. FIGGAT 1949. Observations on the Effects of Various Sewage Treatment Processes Upon Eggs of Taerua saginata. Ameri- can Journal of Hygiene, vol. 49, No. 2. pp. 166-175. 100 ------- WASTE TREATMENT ORENSTEIN, A. J. 1949. A Contribution to the Discussion on the Hazard of Ascaris Infestation from Sewage. Journal of the Institute of Sewage Purification (London), Pt. 4, pp. 481-483. ROBINSON, M. C. 1947. Grazing of Cattle on Sewage Farms. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sewage Purification (London), Pt. 2, p. 194. RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A. RAGOTZKIE 1950. Literature Review on the Occur- rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho- genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil, Water, Sewage, and Sludges, and on Vegetation. II. Animal Parasites. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11, pp. 1417-1427. RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A. RAGOTZKIE 1951. Contamination of Vegetables Grown in Polluted Soil. II. Field and Laboratory Studies on Endamoeba Cysts. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 478-485. RUDOLFS, W., L. L, FALK and R. A. RAGOTZKIE 1951. Contamination of Vegetables Grown in Polluted Soil. V. Helminthic Decontamination. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 7, pp. 853- 860. SlLVERMAN, P, H. and K. GUIVER 1960. Survival of Eggs of Taenia sagi- nolo (The Human Beef Tapeworm) After Mesophilic Anaerobic Digestion. Journal and Proceedings of the Insti- tute of Sewage Purification (London), Pt 3, pp. 345-347. WANG, W. L. L. and S. G. DUNLOP 1954. Animal Parasites in Sewage and Irrigation Water. Sewage and In- dustrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 8, pp. 1020-1032. WILSON, H. 1945. Some Risks of Transmission of Disease During the Treatment, Dis- posal and Utilization of Sewage, Sew- age Effluent and Sewage Sludge. Abst, Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17, No, 3, pp. 650-652. WOLP, H. W. 1955. Housefly Breeding in Sewage Sludge. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 172-176. WRIGHT, W. H., E. B. CRAM and M. 0. NOLAN 1942. Preliminary Observations on the Effect of Sewage Treatment Proc- esses on the Ova and Cysts of In- testinal Parasites. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 1274-1280. NUISANCE ORGANISMS AND THEIR CONTROL ANON. 1946. Filter Fly Control by DDT. Sew- age Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 330-331. ANON. 1952. Alum for Fly Control in Drying Sludge. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 1, p. 107. BROTHERS, W. C. 1946. Experiments with DDT in Filter Fly Control. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 181-207. CAROLLO, J. A. 1946. Control of Trickling Filter Flies with DDT. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 208-211. CONN, L. A. 1954. Waukegan's Weed-free Sludge Beds. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 101, No. 6, pp. 284-285. DAVIES, D. F. 1949. Recent Development in Synthetic Insecticides with Special Reference to Gammexane. Journal and Proceed- ings of the Institute of Sewage Puri- fication (London), p. 58. DERUITER, H. 1960. Control of Psychoda Flies. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 107, No. 6, pp. 211-213. FAIR, G. M. 1934. The Trickling Filter Fly (Psy- choda alternata). Its Habits and Con- trol. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 966-981. FREE, G. N. 1959. How to Kill Psychoda. Wastes Engineering, vol. 30, No. 8, pp. 452- 453. 101 ------- WATER POU.UTTON CONTROL WASTB TKKATKKNT AND WATBB FRYE, W. W., M. LEVINE and E. R. BECKER 1931. The Effects of Some Insecticides on the Sewage Sprinkling-Filter Fly, Psychoda alternata. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 345-351. GARY, L. 1950. Controlling Sewer Insects and Sewer Odors- Public Works, vol. 81, No- 6, pp. 1-48. GINSBURG, J. M. and L. FORMAN 1930. Preliminary Studies on Causes and Remedies for Mosquito Breeding1 in Sewage Disposal Plants. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 412- 418. GOLIGHTLY, W. H. 1940. Factors Influencing the Abun~ dance and Size of Psychoda Species in Sewage Bacteria Beds. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 27, pp. 406-421. HAWKES, H. A. 1951. A Study of the Biology and Con- trol of Anisopus fenestrnlis (Scopoli 1763), a Fly Associated with Sewage Filters. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 592-605. HAWKES, H. A. 1954. The Ecology of Anisopus fenes- tralis Scop. (Diptera) in Sewage Bac- teria Beds. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 181-191. HAWKES, H. A. 1955. The Effects of Insecticide Treat- ment on the Macrofauna Populations, Film Accumulation and Efficiency of Sewage Percolating- Filters. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 43, pp. 122- 133. HERMS, W. B. 1930. Fly Control at Sewage Treatment Plants. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 115-119. HOMMON, C. C. 1930. The Control of Algae and Filter Flies in Trickling Filters. The Ameri- can City, vol. 43, No. 2, p. 11. HOOD, J. W. 1949. Successful Filter Fly Control. Public Works, vol. 80, No. 5, pp. 39, 80. HOOD, J. W. 1949. How to Control Psychoda Flies in Sewage Treatment Plants. The American City, vol. 64, No. 5, pp. 136- 137. JACKSON, R. B. 1943, The Chironomid Fly and Its Ef- fects on the Activated Sludge Process. Michigan Sewage Works Association, Engineering Experiment Station, Bul- letin No. 98, pp. 42-44. JENKINS, S. H., S. BAINES and H. A. HAWKES 1949. The Control of Anisopus fenes- tralis (Diptera) and Factors Influenc- ing the Numbers Caught in Surface Traps. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sewage Purification (Lon- don), vol. 2, p. 178. JENKINS, S. H., S. BAINES and H. A. HAWKES 1949. The Control of Anisopus fenes- traits. Surveyor, vol. 108, p. 298. LIVINGSTON, A. M. 1951. Trickling Filter Fly Control. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 241-244. LOHMEYER, G. T. 1953. Trickling Filter Roach Invasion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 9, pp. 1104-1107. LOHjfEYER, G. T. 1955. Snails in the Trickling Filter. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 337-338. MALONE, J. R. and J. S. WELCH 1961. How to Control Psychoda. Wastes Engineering, vol. 32, No. 8, pp. 412- 413, 418. MURRAY, K. A. 1940. The Control of Filter Flies on Per- colating Filters. Abst. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 12. No. 3, p. 645. MYETTE, C. F. 1959. Weed Killers for Sewage Filter Beds. The American City, vol. 74, No. 7, pp. 115-116. MYKLEBUST, R. J. and F. C. HARMSTON 1962. Mosquito Production in Stabiliza- tion Ponds. Journal of the Water Pol- lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 302-306. RAWN, A. M. 1949, Eradication of Sludge Flies. Water 102 ------- WATER TREATMENT and Sewage Works, vol. 96, No. 7, pp. 260-261, SCHAETZLE, T. C. 1952. Control of (Psychoda) Flies at Akron. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 124-134. SCOTT, H. G. 1961. Filter Fly Control at Sewage Plants. The Sanitarian, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 14-17. SCOVILL, R. P. 1963, Mosquito Control in an Industrial Waste Lagoon. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 663-668. SPIESS, R. 1952. Control of Filter Flies by Chem- ical Treatment. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 99, No. 6, pp. 250-253. TOMLINSON, T. G. 1943. Biological Control of the Fly Pop- ulation in Sewage Filters. Nature, vol. 152, pp. 1-52. TOMLINSON, T. G. 1945. Control by DDT of Flies Breeding in Percolating Sewage Filters. Nature, vol. 156, No. 3964, pp. 478-479. TOMLINSON, T. G. and S. H. JENKINS 1947. Control of Flies Breeding in Per- colating Sewage Filters. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sew- age Purification (London), Pt. 2, p. 94. TOMLINSON, T. G., J. GRINDLEY, et al. 1949. Control of Flies Breeding in Per- colating Sewage Filters. Journal and Proceedings of the Institute of Sew- age Purification (London), Pt. 2. p. 127. VAN KLEECK, B. 1940. The Chironomid Fly. Municipal Sanitation, vol. 11, No. 6, pp. 285-287. VON ZUBEN, F. J., L. J. OGDEN and R. E. PEEL 1952. House Fly Breeding at Sewage Plants in Texas. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 10, pp. 1303- 1305. WEST, L. E. 1947. The ABC's of DDT. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 76-81. WRAY, F. C. 1959. Mosquito Control in Sludge La- goons. Mosquito News, vol. 19. No. 6, pp. 81-83. WATER TREATMENT GENERAL REFERENCES BAHLMAN, C. 1931. Larval Contamination of a Clear Water Reservoir. Ohio Conference on Water Purification, State Department of Health, Columbus, Ohio, pp. 56—58. BAHLMAN, C. 1932. Larval Contamination of a Clear Water Reservoir. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 660-664. BAKER, M. N. 1949. The Quest for Pure Water. Ameri- can Water Works Association, New York City, New York (Chapter 17), pp. 391^414. BAYLIS, J. R. 1922. Microorganisms in the Baltimore Water Supply. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 712-730. BAYLIS, J. R. and J. C. VAUGHN 1953. Pollution Loads and Their Effect on Plant Operation. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 19, No. 8, pp. 1-8. BERRY, A. E. 1932. Vegetable Growths in Water Sup- plies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 97-104. BOYD, W. L. 1959. Limnology of Selected Arctic Lakes in Relation to Water Supply Problems. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 49-54. CHAMBERLAIN, W. J. 1948. Effects of Algae on Water Supply. Paper from Department of Chemistry, University Queensland, Australia, vol. 1, No. 29, pp. 1-104. CHANG, S. L. and P. W. KABLER 1956. Detection of Cysts of Endamoeba histolytica in Tap Water by the Use of Membrane Filter. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, vol. 64, No. 9, pp. 170-180. 103 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT CHANG, S. L., J, H. AUSTIN, H. W. POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD 1959. Occurrence of a. Nenvatode Worm in a City Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 51, No. 5, pp. 671-676. CHANG, S. L., E. L. WOODWARD and P. W. KABLER 1960. Survey of Free-Living Nematodes and Amebas in Municipal Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 5, pp. 613-618. CHANG, S. L. 1960. Proposed Method for Examination of Water for Free-Living Nematodes. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp. 695-698. CHANG, S. L., G. BERG, N. A. CLARKE and P. W. KABLER 1960. Survival, and Protection Against Chlorination, of Human Enteric Path- ogens in Free-Living Nematodes Iso- lated from Water Supplies. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hy- giene, vol. 9, No, 2, pp. 136-142. CHANG, S. L. 1961. Viruses, Amebas, and Nematodes and Public Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 288-296. COOKE, W. B., W. M. INGRAM, A. F. BARTSCH and J. D. ENEIGHT 1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a Primary Settling Reservoir. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 318-321. Cor, C. R. 1946. Laboratory Control of Water Puri- fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish- ing Company, New York, pp. 34-74. FAUST, S. D. and O. M. ALY 1964. Water Pollution by Organic Pesti- cides. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 56. No. 3. pp. 267-279. FlfiNTJE, M. E. 1945. Control and Elimination of Pest Infestations in Public Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1194-1203. GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD 1950. An Introduction to the Microbiol- ogy of Water and Sewage for Engi- neering Students. Burgess Publishing Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 319 PP- GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD 1952. Microbiology of Water and Sew- age. Prentice Hall Incorporated, New York, 430 pp. HASTINGS, A. B. 1948. Biology of Water Supply. British Museum (Natural History), Economic Series No. 7a, London, England, pp. 1-49. HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING 1963. Use of Fish in the Detection of Contaminants in Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 55, pp. 715- 720. HOBBS, A. T, (ed.) 1950. Manual of British Water Supply Practice. Compiled by The Institute of Water Engineers, W. Heffer and Sons, Ltd., Cambridge, England, pp. 612-654. INGRAM, W. M. 1959. Asiatic Clams as Potential Pests in California Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 51, No. 3, pp, 363-370. INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH 1960. Animals Associated with Potable Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 12, pp. 1521-1550. INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BABTSCH 1960. Operator's Identification Guide to Animals Associated with Potable Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 12, pp. 1521-1550. KffiKPATRICK, R. 1924. The Biology of Waterworks, 3rd ed. British Museum (Natural His- tory), Economic Series No. 7, London, England, pp, 1-58. LUND, J. W. G. 1954. The Importance of Algae to Wa- terworks Engineers. Journal of the Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 496-504. 104 ------- WATER TREATMENT LUND, J. W. G. 1955. The Ecology of Algae and Water- works Practice. Proceedings of the Society for Water Treatment and Ex- amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109. MATHESON, D. H. 1952. The Effects of Algae in Water Supplies. International Water Supply Association, Second Congress, Paris, France, pp. 1-82. MEIER, F. E. 1939. Plankton in the Water Supply. Publication 3574, Smithsonian Report for 1939, pp. 393-412. MYERS, H. C. 1947. Role of Algae in Corrosion. Jour- nal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 39, No. 4, pp. 322- 324. PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON 1956. Algae and Other Interference Or- ganisms in Indiana Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1335-1346. PALMER, C. M. 1958. Algae and Other Interference Or- ganisms in New England Supplies. Journal of the New England Water Works Association, vol. 72, No. 1, pp. 27-46. PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL 1955. Algae of Importance in Water Supplies. Public Works Magazine, vol. 88, No. 6, pp. 107-120. PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL 1960. Algae and Other Interference Or- ganisms in the Waters of the South Central United States. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 7, pp. 897-914. PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL 1961. Algae and Other Interference Or- ganisms in Water Supplies of Cali- fornia. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 10, pp. 1297-1312. PALMER, C. M. 1964. Algae in Water Supplies of the United States. In: Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 239-261. PENN, J. F. (ed.) 1963. Quality Aspects of Water Distri- bution Systems, Proceedings of the Society for Water Treatment and Ex- amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109. PERSALL, W. H., A. C. GARDINER and F. GREENSHIELDS 1946. Freshwater Biology and Water Supply in Britain. Fresh-Water Bio- logical Association of the British Em- pire. Publication No. 11, pp. 1-90 (Wray Castle, Ambleside, Westmore- land, England). PURDY, W. C. 1931. Interpretation and Use of Bio- logical Data in the Water Works Field. Proceedings of the 9th Annual Water Works School, Kansas, pp. 31-35. PURDY, W. C. 1935. Result of Algal Activity Some Familiar; Others Obscure. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 27, No. 9, pp. 1120-1133. SAWYER, C. N. 1965. Problem of Phosphorus in Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 57, No. 11, pp. 1431-1439. SINCLAIR, R. M. 1964. Clam Pests in Tennessee Water Supplies, Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 56, No. 5, pp. 592-599. SKULBERG, O. 1964. Algal Problems Related to the Eutrophication of European Water Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pol- lution on Inland Waters: In: Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 262-299. TARZWELL, C. M. and C. M. PALMER 1951. Ecology of Significant Organisms in Surface Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 568-578. TAYLOR, E. W. 1949. The Examination of Waters and Water Supplies. (Thresh, Beale, and Suckling). J. and A. Churchill, Lon- don, pp. 1-819. 105 ------- WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT WALTON, L. B. 1930, Studies Concerning Organisms Occurring in Water Supplies with Particular Reference to Those Pound in Ohio. Ohio State University Press, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-86. WHIFFLE, G. C., G. M. FAIR and M. C. WHIFFLE 1948. The Microscopy of Drinking Water. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 586 pp. WILSON, C. 1932. Biological Control as Affecting Plant Operation. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 11, pp. 1792-1799. CONTROL OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS ANDERSON, E. 1952. Application of Activated Carbon to the Tyrone, Pa., Reservoir. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 18, No. 6, pp. 1-4. ANGELL, H. H. 1953. Ronte Reservoir Algae. The Amer- ican City, vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91. ARNOLD, G. E. 1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con- trol in California Waters. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479. BAILEY, H. E. and J. STEADLEY 1947. Activated Carbon Treatment of an Open Reservoir. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 94, pp. 219-222. BAKER, H. N. 1949. The Quest for Pure Water. Amer- ican Water Works Association, New York (Chapter 17), pp. 391-414. BERRY, A. E. 1961. Removal of Algae by Microstrain- ers. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 12, pp. 1503-1508. CAIRO, J. E. 1945. Algae Growth Greatly Reduced After Stocking Pond with Fish. Water Works Engineering, vol. 98, No. 5, p. 240. CAMPBELL, S. J. and W. C. RINGER 1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae Control in Philadelphia. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746. Cox, C. R. 1946. Laboratory Control of Water Puri- fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish- ing Company, New York, 386 pp. Cox, C. R. 1952. Water Supply Control. Bulletin 22, Bureau of Environmental Sanity- tic n. New York State Department of Health {Chapter 5. Taste and Odor Control), pp. 135-158. DERBY, R. L. and D. W. GRAHAM 1953. Control of Aquatic Growths in Reservoirs by Copper Sulfate and Sec- ondary Effects of Such Treatment. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate No. 203, pp. 1-15. DERBY, R. L. and F. W. TOWNSEND 1953. Reservoir Treatment by Improved Methods. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 100, No. 6, pp. 211-216. DERBY, R. L. 1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic- Growths in Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158. FLENTJE, M. E, 1952. Control of Algae and Weeds in Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 44, No. 8, pp. 727-731. FORD, M. E., JR. 1963. Air Injection for Control of Reser- voir Limnology. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 55, No. 3, pp. 267-274. FUNK, W. H. and A. R. GATJFIN 1965. Control of Taste- and Odor-Pro- ducing Algae in Deer Creek Reser- voir. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society, vol. 84, No. 2, pp. 263-269. GALLAHER, W. W. 1940. Control of Algae at Appleton, Wisconsin. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 32, No. 7, pp. 1165-1175. 106 ------- WATER TREATMENT GIBBONS, M. M. 1940. The Use of Benoclor-3 in Potable Water Supplies. Water Works and Sewerage, vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 231-236. GOUDEY, R. F. 1936. A New Method of Copper Sulfat- ing Reservoirs. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 163-179. GOUDEY, R. F. 1938. Sunshine and Algae Control. En- gineering News-Record, vol. 120, No. 16, pp. 581-582. GOUDEY, R. F. 1944. Algicides. Water Works Engineer- ing, vol. 97, No. 25, pp. 1461-1462. HALE, F. E. 1923. Taste and Odor Control in New York City's Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 10, No. 5, pp. 829-837. HALE, F. E. 1930. Controlling Microscopic Organ- isms in Public Water SuDolies. Water Works Engineering, vol. 83, No. 6, pp. 353-354; 379-384. HARTUNG, H. O. and V. C. LISCHER 1942. Carbon Blackout as a Means of Preventing Algae Growth. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 8, No. 8, pp. 1-3. HlLSENHOFF, W. L. 1959. The Evaluation of Insecticides for the Control of Tendipes plumosits (Linnaeus). Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 331- 332. JOHNSON, E. E. 1931. An Attempt to Control Cyclops in a Water Plant. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 582-585. MANGUN, L. B. 1929. Algae Control by Chlorination at Kansas City, Kansas. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 44-49. MARX, A. J. 1951. Pre-Treatment Basin for Algae Removal. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 17, No. 6, pp. 1-8. MASCIA, V. 1960. Chemical Methods of Weed Con- trol in Reservoirs. Journal of the New England Water Works Association, vol. 74, No. 3, pp. 185-188. MATHESON, D. H. 1952. The Effects of Algae in Water Supplies. General Report Prepared for the 1952 Congress for the Inter- national Water Supply Association, Paris, pp. 1-82. MATHESON, D. H. 1953. Algae Control in Small Water Plants. Journal of the American Wa- ter Works Association, vol. 45, No. 11, pp. 1238-1244. NASON, H. K. 1938. Chemical Methods in Slime and Algae Control. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 437-452. NESIN, B. C. 1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic Growths in Reservoirs—Joint Discus- sion. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1141-1150. NORCOM, G. D. and K. W. BROWN 1942. Water Purification for Plant Op- erators. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York (Chapter 12), pp. 130-144. OPIE, V. 1940. Blackout of Algae with Activated Carbon. Taste and Odor Control Jour- nal, vol. 6, No. 11, pp. 1-2. PALMER, C. M. 1956. Evaluation of New Algicides for Water Supply Purposes. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 48, No. 9, pp. 1133-1137; Same paper: Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-4. RINGER, W. C. and S. J. CAMPBELL 1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae Control at Philadelphia. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746. SCRIVEN, J. 1960. Microstraining Removes Algae and Cuts Filter Backwashing. Water Works Engineering, vol. 113, No. 6, pp. 554-555. 107 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATHENT AND WATER TREATMENT SHAKE, M. S. 1948. Effect of DDT Spray on Reservoir Biological Balance. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 333-336. SHANE, M. S. 1963. How to Black Out Algae. Water Works Engineering, vol. 116, No. 7, pp. 552-553. SILVEY, J. K. G. and R. C. HOERN 1964. Bacterial Degradation of Taste and Odor Compounds. Southwest Wa- ter Works Journal, vol. 46, pp. 68-70. SNOW, E. A., JR. 1958. The Most Troublesome Algae in New England Waters. Journal of the New England Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 72. No. 9, pp. 328-331. SOPP, C. W. 1936. Plankton Control in Morris Reser- voir. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 447-457. SURBER, E. W. 1950. Control of Aquatic Growths in Impounding Reservoirs. Journal of The American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740. TAFT, C. E. 1945. The Algologist and Water Sanita- tion. Ohio Journal of the Academy of Science, vol. 45, No. 3, pp. 97-102. TAFT, C. E. 1949. The Algologist's Part in City and Industrial Water Supply Problems. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. Ameri- can Association for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 74-78. WILBUR, C. C. 1961. Microstrainers to Remove Insect Larvae. Public Works, vol. 92, No. 6, pp. 118-119. WILCOMB, G. E. 1935. Svmuu Troubles at Albany, New York. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 27, No. 6, pp. 742-748. WOLFSON, L. L. and R. J. MICHALSKI 1964. The Incidence and Effects of the Anaerobic Bacteria, Clostridium, in Paper Mill Systems. Technical Asso- ciation of the Pulp and Paper Indus- try, vol. 47, pp. 197-199. TASTE AND ODOR ALGAE ALIEN, E. J. 1960. Taste and Odor Problems in New Reservoirs in Wooded Areas. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 52, No. 8, pp. 1027-1032. BAILEY, W. T. 1935. Taste and Odor Control at Council Bluffs. Journal of the American Wa- ter Works Association, vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 458-471. BAKER, R. A. 1961. Problems of Tastes and Odors. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 10, pp. 1099-1106. BAYLIS, J. R. 1935. Elimination of Taste and Odor in Water. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 392 pp. CAMPBELL, R. W. 1951. Microscopic Examination of Water at Lorain, Ohio. Taste and Odor Con- trol Journal, vol. 17, No. 1, pp, 1-4. COHEN, J. M. 1963. Taste and Odor of ABS in Water. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 55, No. 5, pp. 587-591. COLE, B. G. 1948. Taste and Odor Control at Shreve- oort. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 40, No. 5. po. 593-546. GATJFTN, A. R. 1964. Taste and Odor Production in Res- ervoirs by Blue-Green Aleae. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 56, No. 10, pp. 1345-1350. HARLOCK, C. R. and M. R. DOWUN 1953. Chlorine and Chlorine Dioxide for Control of Algae Odors. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 100, No. 1, pp. 74-75. HASSLER, W. W. 1941. The History of Taste and Odor Control. Journal of the American toe ------- WATER TREATMENT Water Works Association, vol. 33, No. 12, pp. 2124-2152. HOWARD, N. J. 1949. Taste and Odor Treatment. Water Works Engineering, vol. 93. No. 8. pp. 420-423, 491. LENDALL, H. N. 1946. A Comprehensive Survey of the Taste and Odor Problem. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 12, No. 10, pp. 1-8. MALONEY, T. E. 1963. Research on Algal Odor. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 55, No. 5, pp. 481-486. MATHESON, D. H. 1954. Taste and Odor Control in Small Water Plants. Water and Sewage Works, Pt. II, vol. 107, pp. 137-140. MIDDLE-TON, p. M. 1960, Taste and Odor Sources and Meth- ods of Measurement. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 26, No. 3. pp. 1-4. HOSES, H. E. 1933. Taste and Odor Control on Penn- sylvania Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 25, No. 8, pp. 1066-1080. O'BRIEN, G. L. 1943. Taste and Odor Control by Reser- voir Chlorine Blanket. Water Works Engineering, vol. 96, No. 18, pp. 996- 999. RAAB, F. 1931. Taste and Odor Troubles in the Minneapolis Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 430-434. ROMANO, A. H. and R. S. SAFFERMAN 1963. Studies on Actinomycetes and their Odors. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 55. No. 2, pp. 169-176. RYCKMAN, D. W. and S. G. GRIGORO- POULOS 1959. Use of Chlorine and Its Deriva- tives in Taste and Odor Removal. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 51, No. 10, pp. 1268-1274. SlGWORTH, E. A. 1957. Control of Odor and Taste in Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 49, No. 12, pp. 1507-1521. SIGWORTH, E. A. 1960. Taste and Odor Control in the United Spates, with Specific Reference to the Southwest Area. Southwest Water Works Journal, vol. 41, No. 3, pp. 20-24. SILVEY, J. K. G. 1964. Studies on Microbiotic Cycles in Surface Waters. Journal of the Amer- ican Water Works Association, vol. 56, No. 1, pp. 60-72. STAFF REPORT 1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part I. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 29, No. .6. pp. 1-8. STAFF REPORT 1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part II. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 29, No. 7, pp. 1-1. STAFF REPORT 1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part III. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 29, No. 8, pp. 1-1. THOMAS, N. A. 1940. Taste and Odor Control on Lake Michigan. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 32, No. 7, pp. 1183-1186. TURRE, G. J. 1953. Algae Responsible for Odor and Taste in Public Water Supplies. Pro- ceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate No. 267, pp. 1-20. BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF IMPOUNDING RESERVOIRS BALL, O. P. 1957. Management of Sport Fishing in San Diego's Program of Multiple Use of Water Supply Reservoirs. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 87, No. 2, pp. 200-206. BONN, E. W. and L. R. HOLBERT 1961. Some Effects of Rotenone Prod- ucts on Municipal Water Supplies. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 287- 297. 109 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT BROWN, K. W. 1933. Experiences with Well Water in an Uncovered Reservoir. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 337-342. BtlRNSON, B. 1938. Seasonal Temperature Variations in Relation to Water Treatment. Jour- nal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 30, No. 5, pp. 793- 811. CHURCHILL, M. A. 1965. Effects of Density Currents in Reservoirs on Water Quality. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 112, No. 11, pp. R135-140, 142. CLOUGH, J. 1962. Dredging at Hurworth Burn Res- ervoir, Hartlepools Water Company. Journal of the Institute of Water En- gineers, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 46-48. COHEN, J. M., L. J. KAMPHAKE, A. E. LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD- WARD 1960. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part I. Removal of Toxic Materials. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 12, pp. 1151-1166. COHEN, J. M., G. A. ROURKE and R. L. WOODWARD 1961. Effect of Pish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part 2. Odor Problems. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 1, pp. 49-62. COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L. WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN 1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick- inson. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 233-246. COHEN, J. H. 1962. Removal of Fish Poisons from a Water Supply. Taste and Odor Con- trol Journal, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1-4. COOKE, W. B., W. M. INGRAM, A. F. BARTSCH and J. D. ENRIGHT 1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a Primary Settling Reservoir. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 318-321. COPELAND, O. L. 1961. Watershed Management and Res- ervoir Life. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 5, pp. 569-578. COUTANT, C. C. 1964. Stream Plankton Above and Below Green Lake Reservoir. Proceedings of the Pennsylvania Academy of Sci- ences, vol. 37, pp. 122-126. DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD 1949. The Dominating Influence of Fon- tana Reservoir on Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen in the Little Ten- nessee River and Its Impoundments. Journal of the Tennessee Academy of Sciences, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 41-51. GARDINER, A. C. 1939. Some Aspects of Water Works Biology. Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 26. No. 1, pp. 175-177. HAMMERTON, D. 1959. A Biological and Chemical Study of Chew Valley Lake. Proceedings of the Society of Water Treatment and Examination, vol. 8, Pt. 2, pp. 87-117. HOLTJE, R. H. 1939. Some Trouble-Makers in Reser- voirs, Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 550-557. HOUGHTON, G. V. 1955. Biological and Chemical Problems in a Shallow Reservoir. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 102, No. 1, pp. 19-21. HURST, W. D. 1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win- nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1204-1206. KOPOID, C. A. 1923. Microorganisms in Reservoirs and Their Relations to Esthetic Qualities. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 183-191. KURAN, O. G. 1953. Ront Reservoir Algae. The Amer- ican City, vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91. MEDBERY, H. C. 1942. Limnological Observations on San 110 ------- WATER TREATMENT Francisco Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association. vol. 34, No. 5, up. 719-735. NEEL, J. K. 1963. Impact of Reservoirs. Chapter 20. In: Frey, D. G. (ed.), Limnology in North America. University of Wis- consin Press, Madison, pp. 575-594. SHAKER, H. L. 1925. The Impounding Reservoir, Its Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 13, No. 5. pp. 531-543. STOBER, Q. 1962. Some Limnological Effects of Tiber Reservoir on the Marias River, Montana. Proceedings of the Mon- tana Academy of Sciences, vol. 23, pp. 111-137. SYLVESTER, R. O. 1958. Water Quality Studies in the Co- lumbia River Basin. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Special Scientific Report, Fisheries No. 239, op. 1-134. SYMONS, J. R., S. R. WEIBEL and G. G. ROBECK 1964. Influence of Impoundments on Water Quality. A Review of Litera- ture and Statement of Research Needs. U. S. Public Health Service Publication No. 999-WP-18, pp. 1-78. TARZWELL, C. M. and C. M. PALMER 1951. Ecology of Significant Organisms in Surface Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 568-578. THOMPSON, R. W. S. 1954. Stratification and Overturn in Lakes and Reservoirs. Journal of the Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 19-52. WEISS, C. M. and R. T. OGLESBY 1962. Limnology of a North Carolina Reservoir and Its Use in Water Treat- ment. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 54. No. 6. pp. 671-683. WESTON, R. S. 1925. Period of Storage and Microorga- nisms in Reservoirs. Journal of the Northeastern Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 39, p. 225. WHIPPLE, G. C. 1922. A Long Record of Microscopical Examinations. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 436-^41. WILSON, C. 1927. The Biological Control of Im- pounding Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 247-252. CLOGGING ORGANISMS ANON. 1924. Clogging of Intakes by Fish. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 219-221. BAYLIS, J. R. 1922. Microorganisms in Baltimore Wa- ter Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 712-730. BAYLIS, J. R. and H. H. GERSTEIN 1929. Microorganisms in the Lake Mich- igan Water at Chicago, Their Effect on Filtration and Method for Count- ing. Municipal News and Water Works, vol. 76, No. 7, pp. 291-296. BAYLIS, J. R. 1955. Effect of Microorganisms in Lengths of Filter Runs. Water Works Engineering, vol. 108, No. 2, pp. 127- 128. 158. BERARD, W. W. and J. R. BAYLIS 1946. Screen Clogging by a Rare Species of Algae. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 93, No. 6, pp. 223-224. BERRY, A. E. 1932. Vegetable Growths in Water Sup- plies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 97-104. BROOK, A. J. 1954. The Bottom-Living Algal Flora of Slow Sand Filter Beds of Water- works with Special Reference to the Establishment of Species in the Beds. Hydrobiologia, vol. 6, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 333-351. CLARKE, K. B. 1961. Treatment Difficulties Due to a Massive Crop of Ceratium hirundi- nella. Journal of the Institute of Wa- ter Engineers, vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 233— 238. Ill ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT HUDGINS, B. 1931. Turbidity, Plankton and Mineral Content of the Detroit (Michigan) Water Supply. "Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 435-444. PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON 1956. Algae and Other Interference Or- ganisms in Indiana Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1335-1346. POSTON, H. W. and M. B. GAMET 1964. Effect of Algae on Filter Runs with Great Lakes Water. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 56, No. 9, pp. 1203-1216. ROSENTHAL, H. 1921. Overcoming Difficulties with Crus- tacea in Filter Beds. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 530-531. SHAKER, E. P. 1925. The Impounding Reservoir, Its Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 13, No. 5, pp. 531-543. SINCLAIR, R. M. and B. G. ISOM 1963. Further Studies on the Introduced Asiatic Clam (Corbicula) in Tennes- see. Tennessee Stream Pollution Con- trol Board, Tennessee Department of Public Health, pp. 1-82. SINCLAIR, R. M. 1964. Clam Pests in Tennessee Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 56, No. 5, pp. 592-599. CLEAR WELL ORGANISMS BAHLMAN, C. 1932. Larval Contamination of a Clear Water Reservoir. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 660-664. COLLINS, J. S. 1958. Some Experiences with Nais and Nematodes in the Public Water Sup- ply of Norwich. Proceedings .of the Society for Water Treatment and Examination (London), vol. 7, PL 2, pp. 157-172. FLENTJE, M. E. 1945. Control and Elimination of Pest Infestations in Public Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1194-1203. FLENTJE, M. E. 1945. Elimination of Midge Fly Larvae with DDT. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11, p. 1053. HECHMEB, C. A. 1932. Chironomus in Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 665-668. PIPE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ASSOCIATED ORGANISMS BAYLIS, J. R. 1957. Microorganisms that Have Caused Trouble in the Chicago Water System. Pure Water, vol. 9, p. 47. BUSWELL, A. M. 1938. Microscopic Growths in Distribu- tion Systems and Their Food Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1651-1654. CHANG, S. L., J. H. AUSTIN, H. W. POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD 1959. Occurrence of a Nematode Worm in a City Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 51, No. 5, pp. 671-676. CLARKE, E. B. 1952. The Infestation of Waterworks by Dreissenia polymorpha, a Fresh Wa- ter Mussel. Journal of the Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 370-379. CLARK, F. M. 1963. Iron Bacteria. In: Quality Aspects of Water Distribution Systems. Uni- versity of Illinois Engineering Sta- tion Circular No. 81, pp. 85-89. CRABILL, M. P. 1956. Biologic Infestation at Indianap- olis. Journal of the American Water Association, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 269- 274. 112 ------- WATER TREATMENT CRABILL, M. P. 1963. Biologic Infestations in Water Distribution Systems. In: Quality Aspects of Water Distribution Sys- tems. University of Illinois Engineer- ing Experiment Station, Circular No. 81. pp. 90-93. DERBY, R. L. 1947. Control of Slime Growths in Transmission Lines. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 39, No. 11, pp. 1107-1114. ENGLISH, E. 1958. Biological Problems in Distribu- tion Systems—Infestations of Water Mains. Proceedings of the Society for Water Treatment and Examination, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 127-143. FLENTJE, M. E. 1945. Control and Elimination of Pest Infestations in Public Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1194-1203. HURST, W. D. 1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win- nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11. pp. 1204-1206. INGRAM, W. M. 1956. Snail and Clam Infestations of Drinking-Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 258-268. INGRAM, W. M. and K. M. MACKENTHUN 1963. Animal Infestations in Distribu- tion Systems. In: Quality Aspects of Water Distribution Systems. Univer- sity of Illinois Engineering Experi- ment Station, Circular No. 81, pp. 79-S4, KELLY, S. N. 1955. Infestation of the Norwich, Eng- land, Water System. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 330-334. LUESCHOW, L. A. and K. M. MACKEN- THUN 1962. Detection and Enumeration of Iron . Bacteria in Municipal Water Supplies. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp. 751-756. OLIVER, G. C. S. 1961. The Eradication of Asettus from Water Mains by Application of Pyre- thrum. Journal of the Institute of Wa- ter Engineers, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 51-52. SILVEY, J. K. G. 1956. Bloodworms in Distribution Sys- tems. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 275-280. SILVEY, J. K. G. 1963. Actinomycetes in Water Distribu- tion Systems. In: Quality Aspects of Water Distribution Systems. Univer- sity of Illinois Engineering Station, Circular No. 81. pp. 62-71. CHLORINE AND ITS EFFECT ON ORGANISMS ALLEN, L. A., N. BLEZARD and A. B. WHEATLAND 1946. Toxicity to Fish of Chlorinated Sewage Effluents. Surveyor, vol. 105, p. 298. COVENTRY, F. L., V. E. SHELFORD and L. F. MILLER 1935. The Conditioning of a Chlpramine Treated Water Supply for Biological Purposes. Ecology, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 60-66. DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ 1950. Critical Review of Literature on the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and Their Components to Fish: I. Alka- lies. Acids and Inorganic Gases. Sew- age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11, pp. 1432-1458 HALE, F. E. 1950. The Use of Copper Sulphate in Control of Microscopic Organisms. Phelps-Dodge Refining Corporation, New York, pp. 1-44. MATHESON, D. H. 1952. The Effects of Algae in Water Supplies. International Water Supply Association, 2nd Congress, Paris, France, pp. 1-82. MERKENS, J. C. 1958. Studies on the Toxicity of Chlorine and Chloramines to the Rainbow 113 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTWH. WASTE THEATMENT AND WATER TKEATMENI Trout. Water and Waste Treatment Journal, vol. 7, No..4, pp. 150-151. TAYLOR, R. S. and M, C. JAMES 1928. Treatment for Removal of Chlor- ine from City Water for Use in Aquaria. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries. Document No. 1045. Report of U. S. Commission of Fisheries, 1928, App. 7, pp. 322-327. ZIMMERMAN, P. W. and R. 0. BERG 1934. Effects of Chlorinated Water on Land Plants, Aquatic Plants and Gold- fish. Contribution of Boyce Thompson Institute, vol. 6, pp. 39-49. ACTINOMYCETES ADAMS, B. A. 1933. The Role of Actinomycetes in Pro- ducing Earthy Tastes and Smells in Potable Water. Report Public Works, Roads, and Transport Congress, Paper No. 14. London. SAFFERMAN, R. S. and M. E. MORRIS 1962. A Method for the Isolation and Enumeration of Actinomycetes Re- lated to Water Supplies. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. W62-10, pp. 1-15. SILVEY, J. K. G.f J. C. RUSSELL, D. R. REDDEN and W. C. MCCORMICK 1950. Actinomycetes and Common Tastes and Odors. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 42, No. 11, pp. 1018-1026. SlLVEY, J. K. G. 1953. Newer Concepts of Tastes and Odors in Surface Water Supplies. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 100, No. 11. p. 426. SILVEY, J. K. G. 1953. Relation of Irrigation Runoff to Tastes and Odors. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 45, No. 11, pp. 1179-1186. SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH 1953. AcHnoraycetes in the Oklahoma City Water Supply. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 409-416, SILVEY, J. K. G. 1954. Newer Concepts of Tastes and Odors in Surface Water Supplies. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 101, N8. 5, pp. 208-211. SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH 1956. Actinomycetes May Cause Tastes and Odors in Water Supplies. Public Works Magazine, vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 103-106; 210-212. SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH 1959. Laboratory Culture of Taste- and Odor-Producing Aquatic Actinomy- cetes. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 51, No. 1, pp. 20-32. TARZWELL, C. M. 1950. Oklahoma City Taste and Odor Study. A Preliminary Study of the Taste and Odor Problems in the Okla- homa City Water Supply. Federal Security Agency, U. S. Public Health Service, Environmental Health Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, pp. 1-37. RECREATIONAL WATER TREATMENT GENERAL REFERENCES BARTSCH, A. F. 1954. Practical Methods for Control of Algae and Water Weeds. Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 8, pp. 749-757. CHANCELLOR, A. P. 1958. The Control of Aquatic Weeds and Algae. Ministry of Agriculture. Fish- eries and Food, H. M. Stationery Office, London, 20 pp. DOMOGALLA, B. P. 1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in Lakes at Madison. Engineering News- Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954. GREENWALD, M. 1956. List of References on Control of Aquatic Plants. Including Algae. Chipman Chemical Company, Incor- porated, Bound Brook, New Jersey, pp. 1-22. GREENWALD, M. 1957. Supplement to the List of Refer- ences on Control of Aquatic Plants, Including Algae. Chipmin Chemical Company, Incorporated, Bound Brook, New Jersey, pp. 1-12. 114 ------- WATER TREATMENT MACXENTHUN, K. M. 1952. Cleaner Lakes can be a Reality. Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin, vol. .17, No. 1, pp. 1-4. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin, 64. pp. MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM and R. FORGES 1964. Limnological Aspects of Recrea- tional Lakes. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publica- tion No. 1167, pp. 1-176. SAWYER, C. N. 1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of Aquatic Growths. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290. SURBER, E. W. 1950. Control of Aquatic Growths in Impounding Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740. ALGAL CONTROL ANON. 1959. Cladophora Investigations: Ob- servation on the Nature and Control of Excessive Growth of Caldophora sp. in Lake Ontario. The Ontario Wa- ter Resources Commission, pp. 1-30. ARNOLD, G. E. 1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con- trol in California Waters. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479. DOMOGALLA, B. P. 1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in Lakes at Madison. Engineering News Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954. DOMOGALLA, B. P. 1941. Scientific Studies and Chemical Treatment of the Madison Lakes. In: A Symposium on Hydrobiology. Uni- versity of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 303-310. FITZGERALD, G. P., G. C. GERLOFF and F. SKOOG 1952. Studies on Chemicals with Selec- tive Toxicity to Blue-Green Algae. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 7, pp. 888-896. FITZGERALD, G. P. and F. SKOOG 1954. Control of Blue-Green Algae Blooms with 2,3-Dichloronapthoqui- none. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 1136-1140. FITZGERALD, G. P. 1958. Control of Growth of Algae with CMU [3-(p-chlorophenyl)-l: 1-di- methylureaj. Transactions of the Wis- consin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, 1957, vol. 46, pp. 281-294 (1958). Journal of Applied Chemistry, vol. 8, pp. ii-235-236 (September 1958). HALE, F. E. 1954. Use of Copper Sulphate in Control of Microscopic Organisms. Phelps Dodge Refining Corporation, New York, pp. 1-30. HASLER, A. D. and E. JONES 1949. Demonstration of the Antagonistic Action of Large Aquatic Plants on Algae and Rotifers. Ecology, vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 359-364. JOHNSON, L. D. 1955. Control of Ulothrix zonata in Cir- cular Ponds. Progressive Fish Cul- turist, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 126-128. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1954. Control of Branched Alga Pitho- phora, in Farm Fish Ponds. Progres- sive Fish Culturist, vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 83-88. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De- partment of Agriculture, Research Service, Handbook No. 231, pp. 1-33. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 1-64. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1960. What You Should Know About Algae Control. Public Works Journal, vol. 91, No. 9, pp. 114-116, 158. MALONEY, T. E. 1958. Control of Algae with Chloro- phenyl Dimethyl Urea. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 417-422. 115 ------- WATEB POIAOTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT MABQOTS, J. K. 1932. Copper Sulfate as an Algicide. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 728- 732. MARSH, H. C. and R. K. ROBINSON 1910. The Treatment of Fish-Cultural Waters for the Removal of Algae. Bulletin of the U. S. Bureau of Fish- eries 28 (Part 2), pp. 871-890 (1908). MONIE, W. D. 1941. Algae, Control. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 705-720. MONDE, W. D. 1947. Pre-Determining Effective Dosage of Copper Sulphate in Algae Control. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 94 (Reference and Data Section), pp. 118-120. MONIE, W. D. 1951. Algae Control. Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 1-7. MONIE, W. D. 1955. Determining Copper Sulphate Dos- age. Water and Sewage Works (Ref- erences and Data Section), vol. 102, No. 6, pp. R-119-121. MONIE, W. D. 1956. Algae Control with Copper Sul- fate. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 103, No. 9, pp. 392-397. MOORE, G. T. and EL F. KELLEKMAN 1904. A Method of Destroying or Pre- venting the Growth of Algae and Cer- tain Pathogenic Bacteria in Water Supplies. U. S. Department of Agri- culture, Bureau of Plant Industry, Bulletin 64. MOORE, G. T. and K, F. KELLERMAN 1905. Copper as an Algicide and Disin- fectant in Water Supplies, U. S. De- partment of Agriculture, Bureau of Plant Industry, Bulletin 76, pp. 1-55. O'DONNELL, D. J. 1943. Control of Hydrodietyon reticu- iatum in Small Ponds. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 59-«2. ROHUCH, G. A. and W. B. SABLES 1949. Chemical Composition of Algae and Its Relationship to Taste and Odor. Taste and Odor Control Jour- nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 1-12. ROSE, E. T. 1954. Blue-green Algae Control at Storm Lake. Proceedings Iowa Academy of Sciences, vol. 61, pp. 604-614. SNOW, J. R. 1963. Simazine as an Algicide for Bass Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 34-36. TAKLTON, E. A. 1949. Algae Control. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 96, No. 6, pp. 221-224. FLOWBtING AQUATIC PLANT CONTROL BARTSCH, A. F. 1954. Practical Methods for Control of Algae and Water Weeds. Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 8, pp. 749-757. BAUHAN, A. C. 1947. 2,4-D and Some Emergent Aquat- ics. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 71-77. BAUMAN, A. C. 1947. The Effects of Ammonium Sulfa- mate on Emergent Aquatic Vegeta- tion. Transactions of the Twelfth North American Wildlife Conference, pp. 346-355. BAUMGARTNER, L. L. 1955. A Case History of a Misapplica- tion of CMU for Aquatic Weed Con- trol. Proceedings of the Ninth North- eastern Weed Control Conference, pp. 559-562. BENSON, N. G. and J. T. CONNER 1956. Use of CMU to Control Najas. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 78-80. BRUNS, V. F. and W. H. FARMER 1950. Aromatic Solvents for Water- weeds. The Reclamation Era, Part I, vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 79-S2; Part II, vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 96-97. CLARK, W. F. 1954. Controlling Weeds and Algae in Farm Ponds. Cornell University, 116 ------- WATER TREATMENT Ithaca, New York, Bulletin 910, pp. 1-15. DERBY, R. L. and D. W. GRAHAM 1953. Control of Aquatic Growths in Reservoirs by Copper Sulphate and Secondary Effects of Such Treatment. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate No. 203, pp. 1-15. DERBY, R. L. and F. W. TOWNSEND 1953. Reservoir Treatment by Improved Methods. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 100, No. 6, pp. 211-216. DERBY, R. L. 1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic Growths in Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158. DOMOGALLA, B. P. 1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in Lakes at Madison, Wisconsin. Engi- neering News Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954. DUTTON, P. 1955. Hyacinth Control Report. Louisi- ana Conservationist, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 8-11. EGGLER, W. A. 1953. The Use of 2,4-D in the Control of Water Hyacinth (Eichhornia cras- sipes) & Alligator Weed (Alteman- thera pkiloxeroides) in the Mississippi Delta with Certain Ecological Impli- cations. Ecology, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 409-414. ElCHER, G. 1947. Aniline Dye in Aquatic Weed Con- trol. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 11, pp. 193-197. (Reprinted in the Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 39-42, 1948). EIPPER, A. W. and H. B. BRUMSTED 1959. How to Control Weeds and Algae in Farm Ponds. Cornell Extension Bulletin 1014, New York State Col- lege of Agriculture, pp. 1—32. M. E. 1952. Control of Algae and Weeds in Reservoirs. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 44, No. 8, pp. 727-731. FREELAND, R. O. 1950. Effects of 2,4-D and Other Growth Substances on Photosynthesis and Respiration in Anacharis. Botanical Gazette, vol. Ill, pp. 319-324. GERKING, S. D. 1948. Destruction of Submerged Aquatic Plants by 2,4-D. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 221- 227. GOUDEY, R. F. 1946. Chemical Weed Control. Journal of the American Water Works Asso- ciation, vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 186-202. HARRIS, B. B. and J. K. G. SILVEY 1940. Underwater Cutting Tool for Aquatic. Plants. Journal of the Ameri- can Water Works Association, vol. 32, No. 11, p. 1883. HlLDEBRAND, E. M. 1946. Herbicidal Action of 2,4-Dichloro- phenoxyacetic Acid on the Water Hya- cinth, Eichhornia crassipes. Science, vol. 103, pp. 477-479. LAWRENCE, J. M. 1958. Methods for Controlling Aquatic Weeds in Fish Ponds with Emphasis on Use of Chemicals. Agricultural Experiment Station of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala- bama, Progress Report Series No. 69, pp. 1-4. LEPORE, A. 1955. Let's Clean Up Plant Choked Ponds. The American City, vol. 70, No. 6, pp. 125, 215. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1950. Aquatic Weed Control with Sodium Arsenite. Sewage and Indus- trial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 8, pp. 1062- 1067. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 1-64. MARTIN, A. C., R. C. ERICKSON and J. H. STEENIS 1957. Improving Duck Marshes by Weed Control. U. S. Department of the In- terior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir- cular 19—Revised, pp. 1-60. OBORN, E. T. 1954. Control of Aquatic Weeds that Impede Flow of Western Irrigation 117 ------- POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT Waters. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 213- 240. OBORN, E. T., W. T. MOHAN, K. T. GREENE and T. R. BARTLEY 1954. Weed Control Investigations of Some Important Aquatic Plants which Impede Flow of Western Irri- gation Waters. Sect, of Weed Investi- gations, FCRS, ARS, USDA, and Bureau of Reclamation, Engineering Laboratories, USDI, Denver, Colo- rado, Joint Laboratory Report No. SI-2, pp. 1-84. SEALE, C. C., J. W. RANDOLPH and J. C. STEPHENS 1952. Aromatic Solvents for the Control of Submersed Water Weed Naiad, Najas guadalupensis (Spreng.) Morong., in South Florida, Weeds, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 366-371. SPEIRS, J. M. 1948. Summary of Literature on Aquatic Weed Control. Canadian Fish Cultur- ist, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 20-32. STEENIS, J. H. 1950. Studies on the Use of Herbicides for Improving Waterfowl Habitat in Western Kentucky and Tennessee. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 162-169. STEPHENS, J. C., A. L. CRAIG and C. C. SEALE 1954. Blended Solvents for Control of the Submersed Water Weed Naiad (Najas guadalupensis) in South Florida. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 160- STJRBSR, E. W. 1931. Sodium Arsenite for Controlling Vegetation in Fish Ponds. Transac- tions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 61, pp. 143-148. SURBER, E. W. 1943. Weed Control in Hard-Water Ponds with Copper Sulphate and Sodium Arsenite. Transactions of the 8th North American Wildlife Confer- ence, pp. 132-141. SURBER, E. W. 1947. Aquatic Plant Control with 2,4-D. U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish and WOdlife Service. Fishery Leaflet 217, pp. 1-5. SURBER, E. W. 1949. Control of Aquatic Plants in Ponds and Lakes. U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Leaflet 344, pp. 1-20. SURBER, E. W. and M. H. EVERHART 1950. Biological Effects of Nigrosine Used for Control of Weeds in Hatch- ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140. SURBER, E. W. 1961. Improving Sport Fishing by Con- trol of Aquatic Weeds. U. S. Depart- ment of the Interior, Fish and Wild- life Service, Circular 128, pp. 1-37. THREINEN, C. W. and W. T. HELM 1954. Experiments and Observations Designed to Show Carp Destruction of Aquatic Vegetation. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 247-250. TIMMONS, F. L. 1960. Weed Control in Western Irriga- tion and Drainage Systems (Losses Caused by Weeds and Costs and Bene- fits of Weed Control). Joint Report, U. S. Department of Agriculture and U. S. Department of Interior, ARS, 34-14, pp. 1-22. TRYON, C. A., JR. 1954. The Effect of Carp Enclosures on Growth of Submerged Aquatic Vege- tation in Pymatuning Lake, Pennsyl- vania. Journal of Wildlife Manage- ment, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-254. VAN OVERBEEK, J., W. J. HUGHES and R. BLONDEAU 1959. Acrolein for the Control of Water Weeds and Disease-Carrying Water Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336. WALKER, C. R. 1964. Toxicplogical Effects of Herbicides on the Fish Environment. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. ITS- ITS. INSECT CONTROL ARNASON, A. P., A. W. A. BROWN, F. J. H. FREDEEN, et al. 1949. Experiments in the Control of Simulium arcticum Malloch by Means of DDT in the Saskatchewan River. 118 ------- WATER TREATMENT Scientific Agriculture, Agricultural Institute of Canada, Ottawa, vol. 29, No. 11, pp. 527-537. ARNOLD, G. E. 1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con- trol in California Waters. Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479. FELLTON, H. L. 1940. Control of Aquatic Midges with Notes on the Biology of Certain Species. Journal of Economic Ento- mology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 252-264. GJULLIN, C. M., O. B. COPE, B. F. QUISENBERRY and F. R. Du CHAMOIS 1949. The Effect of Some Insecticides on Black Fly Larvae in Alaskan Streams. Journal of Economic Ento- mology, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 100-105. HlLLSENHOFF, W. L. 1959. The Evaluation of Insecticides for the Control of Tendipes plumosus (Linnaeus). Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 331- 332. HUNT, E. G. and A. I. BISCHOFF 1960. Inimical Effects on Wildlife of Periodic DDD Applications to Clear Lake. California Fish and Game, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 91-106. JAMNBACK, H. and W. WALL 1957. Control of Salt Marsh Tabanus Larvae with Granulated Insecticides. Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 50, No. 8, pp. 379-382. LIEUX, D. B. and J. A. MULRENNAN 1956. Investigations of the Biology and Control of Midges in Florida (Diptera: Tendipedidae). A Progress Report. Mosquito News, vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 201-204. LINDQUIST, A. W. and A. R. ROTH 1950. Effect of Dichlorodiphenyl dichlo- roethane on Larvae of the Clear Lake Gnat in California. Journal of Eco- nomic Entomology, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 328-332. LINDQUIST, A. W., A. R. ROTH and J. R. WALKER 1951. Control of the Clear Lake Gnat in California. Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 44, No. 4, pp. 572- 577. PATTERSON, R. S. and D. L. VON WINDE- GUTH 1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some Aquatic Organisms. Mosquito News, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49. PATTERSON, R. S. 1964. Recent Investigations on the Use of BHC and EPN to Control Chirono- mid Midges in Central Florida. Mos- quito News, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 294-299. PROVOST, M. W. 1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients in Florida. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419. RAI, L. and L. L. LEWALLEN 1960. Effect of Varying Depths of Wa- ter with Identical Surface Area on Mosquito Larval Mortality Using Concentrates. Mosquito News, vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 271-274. SWIMMER'S ITCH CONTROL ANON. 1939. Report on the Chemical Treatment of Lakes and Streams with Special Reference to the Origin and Control of Swimmers' Itch. Committee on Wa- ter Pollution, State of Wisconsin, Madison, pp. 1-20. BRACKETT, S. 1939. Methods for Controlling Schisto- some Dermatitis. Journal of the American Medical Association, vol. 113, pp. 117-121. BRACKETT, S. 1941. Schistosome Dermatitis and Its Distribution. In: Symposium on Hydrobiology, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 360-378. CORT, W. W. 1928. Schistosome Dermatitis in the United States (Michigan). Journal of the American Medical Association, vol. 90, pp. 1027-1029. CORT, W. W. 1950. Studies on Schistosome Dermatitis XI. Status of Knowledge After More Than Twenty Years. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, vol. 52, No. 3, pp. 251- 307. 119 ------- POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TBEATMKNT AND WATB TRBATJCENT FERGUSON, F. F., C. S. RICHARDS and J, R. PALMER 1961. Control of Austrahrbis glabratus by Acrolein in Puerto Rico. Public Health Reports, voL 76, No. 3, pp. 461-468. HOWABD, T. E., H. N. HALVARSON and C. C. WALDEN 1964. Toadcity of Copper Compounds to the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of Schistpsome Dermatitis in Waters of Differing Hardness. American Jour- nal of Hygiene, voL 79, No. 3, pp. 33-44. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 1-64. NOLAN, H. 0. and H. W. BOND 1955. Results of Laboratory Screening Tests of Chemical Compounds for MoUuscicidal Activity. American Journal of Tropical Medicine & Hy- giene, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 152-155. VAN OBERBEEK, J., W. J. HUGHES and R. BLONDEAC 1959. Acrolein for the Control of Water Weeds and Disease-Carrying Water Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336. PESTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE ADAMS, L., M. G. HANAVAN, et al. 1949. The Effects on Fish, Birds, and Mammals of DDT Used in the Control of Forest Insects in Idaho and Wyom- ing. Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 245-254. BALL, R. C. 1948. A Summary of Experiments in Michigan Lakes on the Elimination of Fish Populations with Rotenone. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 75, pp. 139*446. BOND, C, E. 1960. Toxicity of Various Herbicidal Materials to Fishes. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. W60-3, pp. 96- 101. COHEN, J. M., L. J. KAMPHAKE, A. E. LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD- WABD 1960. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part I. Removal of Toxic Materials. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 52, No. 12, pp. 1551-1566. COHEN, J. M., 6. A. ROURKE and R. L. WOODWARD 1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part 2. Odor Problems. Journal of the American Waterworks Association, vol. 53, No. 1, pp. 49-62. COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L. WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN 1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick- inson. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 233-246. CUSHING, C. E., JR. and J. R. OLIVE 1956. Effects of Toxaphene and Rote- none Upon the Macroscopic Bottom Fauna of Two Northern Colorado Reservoirs. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 86, pp. 294-301. DOMOGALLA, B. P. 1935. Eleven Years of Chemical Treat- ment of Madison Lakes: Its Effect on Fish and Fish Foods. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 65, pp. 115-121. FUKANO, K. G. and F. F. HOOPER 1958. Toxaphene (Chlorinated Com- phene) as a Selective Fish Poison. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 189-190. HANSON, W. R, 1952. Effects of Some Herbicides and Insecticides on Biota of North Dakota Marshes. Journal of Wildlife Man- agement, vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 299-308. HASLER, A. D. 1949. Antibiotic Aspects of Copper Treatment of Lakes. Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 39, pp. 97-103. HEMPHILL, J. E. 1954. Toxaphene as a Fish Toxin. Pro- gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 41-42. 130 ------- WATER TREATMENT HUNT, E. G. and A. I. BISCHOFF 196.0. Inimical Effects on Wildlife of Periodic DDD Applications to Clear Lake. California Fish and Game, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 91-106. KRUMHOLZ, L. A. 1950. Some Practical Considerations in the Use of Rotenone in Fisheries Re- search. Journal of Wildlife Manage- ment, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 413-424. MACKENTHUN, K. M. and H. L. COOLEY 1952. The Biological Effect of Copper Sulphate Treatment on Lake Ecology. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, vol. 41, pp. 177-187. MATHESON, D. H. 1952. The Effects of Algae in Water Supplies. International Water Supply Association, Second Congress, pp. 1-82. MOYLE, J. B. 1949. The Use of Copper Sulphate for Algal Control and Its Biological Im- plications. In: Limnological Aspects of Water Supply and Waste Disposal. American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 79-87. NICHOLS, M. D. MCNALL S., T. HENKEL and 1946. Copper in Lake Muds from Lakes of the Madison Area, Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 38, pp. 33SMJ50. NICHOLSON, H. P., H. J. WEBB, G. J. LAUER, R. E. O'BRIEN, A. R. GRZENDA and D. W. SHANKLIN 1962. Insecticide Contamination in a Farm Pond. Part I. Origin and Dura- tion. Part II. Biological Effects. A. R. Grzenda, G. J. Lauer, and H. P. Nicholson. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 2, pp. 213-222. RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY 1956. Pesticides: Their Use and Toxicity in Relation to Wildlife. State of Cali- fornia, Department of Fish and Game, Game Management Branch, Game Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209. SMITH, M. W. 1935. The Use of Copper Sulphate for Eradicating the Predatory Fish Popu- lation of a Lake. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 65, pp. 101-113. SMITH, M. W. 1939. Copper Sulfate and Rotenone as Fish Poisons. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp. 141-157. SURBER, E. W. 1948. Chemical Control Agents and Their Effects on Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 125- 131. SURBER, E. W. and O. L. MEEHEAN 1931. Lethal Concentrations of Arsenic for Certain Aquatic Organisms. Transactions of the American Fish- eries Society, vol. 61, pp. 143-148. SURBER, E. W. and M. H. EVERHART 1950. Biological Effects of Nigrosine Used for Control of Weeds in Hatch- ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Cultur- ist, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140. SURBER, E. W. and A. F. BARTSCH 1952. Are Chemicals Killing Our Fish and Wildlife? Outdoor American (Sept.-0ct.), pp. 1-8. TrrcoMB, J. W. 1914. The Use of Copper Sulphate for the Destruction of Obnoxious Fishes in Ponds and Lakes. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol. 40, pp. 20-26. ULLMANN, W. W., R. W. SCHAEFER and W. W. SANDERSON 1961. Arsenic Accumulation by Fish in Lakes Treated with Sodium Arsenite. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 416^18. WIEBE, A. H. 1930. Notes on the Exposure of Young Fish to Varying Concentrations of Arsenic. Transactions of the Ameri- can Fisheries Society, vol. 60, pp. 270- 278. WIEBE, A. H., E. G. GROSS and D. H. SLAUGHTER 1931. The Arsenic Content of Large- Mouth Black Bass (Micropterus sal- moides Lacepede) Fingerlings. Trans- actions of the American Fisheries So- ciety, vol. 61, pp. 150-163. 121 ------- Benthic Zones of BotluHbn (Organic Wastes) BMMc Zom* of »6Htrtton (Organic WHMt). Graphic display of data. Data analysis. Communication of information. Plate IV—Reporting Biological Data ------- PART IV REPORTING ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL DATA To DEFINE the biological findings of pollution studies, the biologist must convey his message to those in associated disciplines such as engineers and administrators, and to the general public. Delivery of this message through oral or written reports is not accomplished when the report is cluttered with bad phrases, unnecessary technical terms, meaningless words, and non-pertinent graphical material. It is apparent, then, that one of the biologist's principal responsi- bilities is to prepare reports containing information that is descrip- tive, concise, easy to read, and understandable. Such reports accom- plish their objectives by communicating the results of the study to all concerned. Although this unit contains fewer references than any of the pre- ceding, the importance of its contents cannot be understated. REPORTING BIOLOGICAL DATA BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM 1959. Stream Life and the Pollution Environment. Public Works, vol. 90, No. 7, pp. 104-110. BEAK, T. W., C. DE COURVAL and N. E. COOKE 1959. Pollution Monitoring and Preven- tion by Use of Bivariate Control Charts. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1383-1394. BEAK, T. W. 1964. Biological Measurements of Water Pollution. Chemical Engineering Progress, vol. 60, No. 1, pp. 39-43. BECK, W. M., JR. 1954. Studies in Stream Pollution Biol- ogy. I. A Simplified Ecological Classification of Organisms. Quar- terly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 211-227. BECK, W. M., JR. 1955. Suggested Method for Reporting Biotic Data. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 10, pp. 1193-1197. BURLINGTON, R. F. 1962. Quantitative Biological Assess- ment of Pollution. Journal of the Wa- ter Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 179-183. CONFERENCE OP BIOLOGICAL EDITORS, COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE 1964. Style Manual for Biological Jour- nals. Second Edition. American Insti- tute of Biological Sciences, Washing- ton, D. C., 117 pp. EMBERGER, M. R. and M. R. HALL 1955. Scientific Writing. Harcourt, Brace and Company, New York, 468 pp. FJERDINGSTAD, E. 1964. Some Remarks on a New Saprobic System. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani- tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232- 235. HYNES, H. B. N. 1964. The Interpretation of Biological Data with Reference to Water Qual- 125 ------- WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATEE TREATMENT ity. In: Symposium on Environmental Measurements, Valid Data and Logi- cal Interpretation, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin- nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv- ice, Publication No. 999-AP-15, pp. 289-298. INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH 1960. Graphic Expression of Biological Data in Water Pollution Reports. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 32, No. 3, pp. 297-310, KRAMER, H. P. and H. M. MYERS 1963. So You're Going to Give a Paper. Journal of the Water Pollution Con- trol Federation, vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 43-56. LAMBUTH, D. 1964. The Golden Book on Writing. Fourth Printing. The Viking Press, New York, 81 pp. MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM and R. FORGES 1964. Sampling and Data Evaluation. In: Limnologicat Aspects of Recrea- tional Lakes, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service Publica- tion No. 1167, pp. 119-139. MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM 1965. Pollution and the Life in Water. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, Publication No. 999- WP-20, pp. 1-16. MACKENTHUN, K. M. 1966. Biological Evaluation of Polluted Streams. Journal of the Water Pollu- tion Control Federation, vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 241-247. PATRICK, R. 1949. A Proposed Biological Measure of Stream Conditions, Based on a Survey of the Conestoga Bas:n, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. 101, pp. 277-341. WURTZ, C. B. 1955. Stream Biota and Stream Pollu- tion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1270-1278. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS SINCERE APPRECIATION is extended to those who provided assistance and encouragement in the preparation of this publication, and to those who supplied photographs which are incorporated into the fol- lowing plates: Plate I, No. 2, and Plate II, Nos. 1 and 3, Mr. Lowell E. Keup, Cincinnati, Ohio; and Plate III, No. 3, Mr. F. A. Under- wood, Superintendent of Filtration, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Mrs. Kay Lynne Stewart contributed significantly to the prepara- tion of initial manuscript materials, and Mrs. Martha Jean Wilkey meticulously typed manuscripts. Their diligent efforts are grate- fully acknowledged. •fr i j. wnoMnn mnmt «mn.- «i-o UMH 126 ------- |